1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
4 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
5 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
7 This file is part of GCC.
9 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
10 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
11 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
14 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
15 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
16 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
21 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
24 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
25 out locations for types and decls.
26 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
27 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
29 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
30 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
31 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
32 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
35 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
37 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
38 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
39 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
40 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
41 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
43 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
44 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
46 CIE = Common Information Entry
47 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
49 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
51 FDE = Frame Description Entry
52 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
53 how to restore registers
55 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
56 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
60 #include "coretypes.h"
66 #include "double-int.h"
74 #include "fold-const.h"
75 #include "stringpool.h"
76 #include "stor-layout.h"
79 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
82 #include "hash-table.h"
87 #include "insn-config.h"
90 #include "statistics.h"
91 #include "fixed-value.h"
100 #include "dwarf2out.h"
101 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
105 #include "diagnostic.h"
106 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
109 #include "common/common-target.h"
110 #include "langhooks.h"
111 #include "hash-map.h"
113 #include "plugin-api.h"
118 #include "dumpfile.h"
120 #include "tree-dfa.h"
121 #include "gdb/gdb-index.h"
122 #include "rtl-iter.h"
124 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
125 static rtx_insn *last_var_location_insn;
126 static rtx_insn *cached_next_real_insn;
127 static void dwarf2out_decl (tree);
129 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
130 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
132 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
133 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
134 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
135 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
136 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
137 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
138 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
139 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
141 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
142 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
145 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
146 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
147 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
148 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
149 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
150 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
153 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
155 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
158 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
159 must be kept around forever. */
160 static GTY(()) vec<rtx, va_gc> *used_rtx_array;
162 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
163 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
164 vec<tree, va_gc> *because we want to tell the garbage collector about
166 static GTY(()) vec<tree, va_gc> *incomplete_types;
168 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
169 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
170 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
171 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
172 define type declaration DIE's. */
173 static GTY(()) vec<tree, va_gc> *decl_scope_table;
175 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
176 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
177 static GTY(()) section *debug_skeleton_info_section;
178 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
179 static GTY(()) section *debug_skeleton_abbrev_section;
180 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
181 static GTY(()) section *debug_addr_section;
182 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
183 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
184 static GTY(()) section *debug_skeleton_line_section;
185 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
186 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
187 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
188 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
189 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_dwo_section;
190 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_offsets_section;
191 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
192 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
194 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
195 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
197 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
198 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
199 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
202 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
203 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
205 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
206 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
209 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
210 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
211 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
213 /* CIE identifier. */
214 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
215 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
216 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
218 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
222 /* A vector for a table that contains frame description
223 information for each routine. */
224 #define NOT_INDEXED (-1U)
225 #define NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED (-2U)
227 static GTY(()) vec<dw_fde_ref, va_gc> *fde_vec;
229 struct GTY((for_user)) indirect_string_node {
231 unsigned int refcount;
232 enum dwarf_form form;
237 struct indirect_string_hasher : ggc_hasher<indirect_string_node *>
239 typedef const char *compare_type;
241 static hashval_t hash (indirect_string_node *);
242 static bool equal (indirect_string_node *, const char *);
245 static GTY (()) hash_table<indirect_string_hasher> *debug_str_hash;
247 /* With split_debug_info, both the comp_dir and dwo_name go in the
248 main object file, rather than the dwo, similar to the force_direct
249 parameter elsewhere but with additional complications:
251 1) The string is needed in both the main object file and the dwo.
252 That is, the comp_dir and dwo_name will appear in both places.
254 2) Strings can use three forms: DW_FORM_string, DW_FORM_strp or
255 DW_FORM_GNU_str_index.
257 3) GCC chooses the form to use late, depending on the size and
260 Rather than forcing the all debug string handling functions and
261 callers to deal with these complications, simply use a separate,
262 special-cased string table for any attribute that should go in the
263 main object file. This limits the complexity to just the places
266 static GTY (()) hash_table<indirect_string_hasher> *skeleton_debug_str_hash;
268 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
270 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
271 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
273 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
275 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
276 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
278 /* The default cold text section. */
279 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
281 /* The DIE for C++14 'auto' in a function return type. */
282 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref auto_die;
284 /* The DIE for C++14 'decltype(auto)' in a function return type. */
285 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref decltype_auto_die;
287 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
289 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
290 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
291 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
293 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
295 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
297 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
298 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
299 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
301 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
302 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
305 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
306 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
309 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
310 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
313 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
314 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
317 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
318 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
321 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
322 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
324 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
325 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
326 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
327 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
328 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
329 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
330 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
331 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
332 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
333 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
335 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
338 matches_main_base (const char *path)
340 /* Cache the last query. */
341 static const char *last_path = NULL;
342 static int last_match = 0;
343 if (path != last_path)
346 int length = base_of_path (path, &base);
348 last_match = (length == main_input_baselength
349 && memcmp (base, main_input_basename, length) == 0);
354 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
357 dump_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage,
358 enum debug_struct_file criterion, int generic,
359 int matches, int result)
361 /* Find the type name. */
362 tree type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (type);
364 const char *name = 0;
365 if (TREE_CODE (t) == TYPE_DECL)
368 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
370 fprintf (stderr, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
372 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl) ? "sys" : "usr",
373 matches ? "bas" : "hdr",
374 generic ? "gen" : "ord",
375 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DFN ? ";" :
376 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE ? "." : "*",
378 (void*) type_decl, name);
381 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
382 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
386 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
391 /* Get the number of HOST_WIDE_INTs needed to represent the precision
395 get_full_len (const wide_int &op)
397 return ((op.get_precision () + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
398 / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
402 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage)
404 enum debug_struct_file criterion;
406 bool generic = lang_hooks.types.generic_p (type);
409 criterion = debug_struct_generic[usage];
411 criterion = debug_struct_ordinary[usage];
413 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE)
414 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
415 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY)
416 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
418 type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type));
420 if (type_decl != NULL)
422 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS && DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl))
423 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
425 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl)))
426 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, true, true);
429 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
432 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
433 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
436 stripattributes (const char *s)
438 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
443 while (*s && *s != ',')
450 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
451 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
452 for collect2 the first time around. */
455 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
459 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
460 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
464 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
470 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
472 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
474 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
477 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
478 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
479 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
480 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
481 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
482 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
483 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
486 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
487 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
489 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
491 if (eh_frame_section)
492 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
495 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
496 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
497 switch_to_section (data_section);
501 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
502 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
503 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
504 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
505 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
510 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
514 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
517 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
520 if (!debug_frame_section)
521 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
522 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
523 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
527 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
529 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
530 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
535 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
536 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
537 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
538 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
541 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
542 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
543 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
544 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
545 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
548 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
550 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
553 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
554 case DW_CFA_undefined:
555 case DW_CFA_same_value:
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
557 case DW_CFA_register:
558 case DW_CFA_expression:
559 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
561 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
562 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
564 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
566 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
567 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
574 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
576 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
577 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
582 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
584 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
585 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
586 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
588 case DW_CFA_register:
589 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
591 case DW_CFA_expression:
592 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
595 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
599 /* Output one FDE. */
602 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
603 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
604 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
606 const char *begin, *end;
607 static unsigned int j;
610 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
612 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
615 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
616 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
617 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
618 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
619 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
621 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
624 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
626 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
627 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
629 begin = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_begin : fde->dw_fde_begin;
630 end = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end;
634 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
635 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
636 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
637 "FDE initial location");
638 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
639 end, begin, "FDE address range");
643 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
644 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
651 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
653 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
655 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
657 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
658 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
659 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
662 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
665 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
667 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
670 fde->funcdef_number);
671 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
672 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
674 "Language Specific Data Area");
678 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
679 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
680 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
681 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
685 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
688 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
689 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
691 size_t from, until, i;
694 until = vec_safe_length (fde->dw_fde_cfi);
696 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
699 until = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
701 from = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
703 for (i = from; i < until; i++)
704 output_cfi ((*fde->dw_fde_cfi)[i], fde, for_eh);
707 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
708 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
709 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
710 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
711 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
713 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
714 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
715 switch *back* into the table section. */
716 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
717 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
718 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
721 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
722 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
723 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
724 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
729 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
732 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
734 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
737 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
740 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
743 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
744 if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
750 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
751 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
752 location of saved registers. */
755 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
760 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
761 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
762 char augmentation[6];
763 int augmentation_size;
764 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
765 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
766 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
768 rtx personality = NULL;
771 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
775 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
776 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
779 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
780 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
781 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
782 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
783 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
784 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
787 bool any_eh_needed = false;
789 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec, i, fde)
791 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
792 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
793 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
794 any_eh_needed = true;
795 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
796 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, 1, 1);
803 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
807 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
808 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
811 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
813 /* Output the CIE. */
814 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
815 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
816 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
817 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
818 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
819 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
820 "Length of Common Information Entry");
821 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
823 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
824 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
825 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
826 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
827 "CIE Identifier Tag");
829 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
830 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
831 due to overflowing the return register column. */
832 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
834 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
836 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
839 augmentation_size = 0;
841 personality = current_unit_personality;
847 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
848 augmentation section.
849 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
850 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
851 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
853 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
854 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
856 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
857 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
858 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
860 p = augmentation + 1;
864 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
865 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
870 augmentation_size += 1;
872 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
875 augmentation_size += 1;
877 if (p > augmentation + 1)
879 augmentation[0] = 'z';
883 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
884 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
886 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
888 + 1 /* CIE version */
889 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
890 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
891 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
893 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
894 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
895 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
897 augmentation_size += pad;
899 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
900 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
901 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
905 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
906 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
908 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
909 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
911 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
912 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
913 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
915 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
918 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
922 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
926 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
927 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
933 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
934 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
936 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
937 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
938 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
941 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec, i, cfi)
942 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
944 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
945 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
946 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
947 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
949 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
950 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec, i, fde)
954 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
955 if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
958 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_second_begin ? 2 : 1); k++)
959 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
960 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
963 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
964 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
966 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
971 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
974 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
978 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
980 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
984 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
987 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
988 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
989 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
990 of the weirder relocation types. */
991 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
992 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
994 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
995 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
996 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
999 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
1003 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1004 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
1005 current_function_funcdef_no);
1006 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
1007 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
1009 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
1010 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
1012 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
1013 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
1014 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1018 /* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
1019 this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
1022 dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
1026 fde = ggc_cleared_alloc<dw_fde_node> ();
1027 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
1028 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
1029 fde->fde_index = vec_safe_length (fde_vec);
1030 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
1031 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
1032 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
1033 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1034 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1036 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
1038 vec_safe_push (fde_vec, fde);
1043 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1047 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1048 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1050 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1056 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
1058 do_frame = dwarf2out_do_frame ();
1060 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
1061 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
1063 && (!flag_exceptions
1064 || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_SJLJ))
1067 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
1068 switch_to_section (fnsec);
1069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
1070 current_function_funcdef_no);
1071 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
1072 current_function_funcdef_no);
1073 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
1074 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
1076 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
1080 /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
1081 emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
1082 would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
1086 fde = dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
1088 /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
1089 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
1090 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
1091 fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section
1092 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
1094 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
1095 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
1096 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1098 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
1101 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1102 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
1105 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
1106 if (!current_unit_personality)
1107 current_unit_personality = personality;
1109 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
1110 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
1111 function anymore. */
1112 if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
1113 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
1114 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
1118 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
1119 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
1123 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1124 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1126 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1128 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1130 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
1131 current_function_funcdef_no);
1132 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
1133 current_function_funcdef_no);
1134 cfun->fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
1137 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
1138 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
1142 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1143 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1145 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
1146 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1148 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
1151 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1153 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
1154 current_function_funcdef_no);
1155 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
1156 current_function_funcdef_no);
1157 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
1160 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1161 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1165 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1166 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1169 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1171 last_var_location_insn = NULL;
1172 cached_next_real_insn = NULL;
1174 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1175 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1177 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1179 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
1180 current_function_funcdef_no);
1181 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
1183 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
1184 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
1185 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
1189 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
1191 /* Output call frame information. */
1192 if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
1193 output_call_frame_info (0);
1195 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
1196 if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
1197 && targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
1198 output_call_frame_info (1);
1201 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
1204 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
1206 section *sec = current_function_section ();
1207 if (sec == text_section)
1208 text_section_used = true;
1209 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
1210 cold_text_section_used = true;
1213 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
1214 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section *);
1217 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
1220 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
1222 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL);
1224 if (!in_cold_section_p)
1226 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
1227 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
1228 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
1232 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
1233 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
1234 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
1236 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
1238 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
1239 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
1240 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
1242 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1243 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1245 /* Now do the real section switch. */
1246 sect = current_function_section ();
1247 switch_to_section (sect);
1249 fde->second_in_std_section
1250 = (sect == text_section
1251 || (cold_text_section && sect == cold_text_section));
1253 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1254 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
1256 var_location_switch_text_section ();
1258 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
1259 set_cur_line_info_table (sect);
1262 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
1263 for emitting location expressions. */
1265 /* Data about a single source file. */
1266 struct GTY((for_user)) dwarf_file_data {
1267 const char * filename;
1271 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
1275 } deferred_locations;
1278 static GTY(()) vec<deferred_locations, va_gc> *deferred_locations_list;
1281 /* Describe an entry into the .debug_addr section. */
1285 ate_kind_rtx_dtprel,
1289 typedef struct GTY((for_user)) addr_table_entry_struct {
1291 unsigned int refcount;
1293 union addr_table_entry_struct_union
1295 rtx GTY ((tag ("0"))) rtl;
1296 char * GTY ((tag ("1"))) label;
1298 GTY ((desc ("%1.kind"))) addr;
1302 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
1303 so you can track variables that are in different places over
1304 their entire life. */
1305 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
1306 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
1307 const char *begin; /* Label and addr_entry for start of range */
1308 addr_table_entry *begin_entry;
1309 const char *end; /* Label for end of range */
1310 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
1311 Only on head of list */
1312 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
1313 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
1315 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
1318 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
1321 /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
1326 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
1328 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
1331 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
1333 const char *name = get_DW_OP_name (op);
1338 return "OP_<unknown>";
1341 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
1342 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
1343 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
1345 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1346 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
1347 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
1349 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_cleared_alloc<dw_loc_descr_node> ();
1351 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
1352 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
1353 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry = NULL;
1354 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
1355 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
1356 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_entry = NULL;
1357 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
1362 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
1365 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1366 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1369 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
1372 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
1375 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
1378 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
1380 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
1382 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1383 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
1389 /* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
1392 dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node *a, dw_val_node *b)
1394 if (a->val_class != b->val_class)
1396 switch (a->val_class)
1398 case dw_val_class_none:
1400 case dw_val_class_addr:
1401 return rtx_equal_p (a->v.val_addr, b->v.val_addr);
1403 case dw_val_class_offset:
1404 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
1405 case dw_val_class_const:
1406 case dw_val_class_range_list:
1407 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
1408 case dw_val_class_macptr:
1409 /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
1410 return a->v.val_unsigned == b->v.val_unsigned;
1412 case dw_val_class_loc:
1413 return a->v.val_loc == b->v.val_loc;
1414 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
1415 return a->v.val_loc_list == b->v.val_loc_list;
1416 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
1417 return a->v.val_die_ref.die == b->v.val_die_ref.die;
1418 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
1419 return a->v.val_fde_index == b->v.val_fde_index;
1420 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
1421 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
1422 return strcmp (a->v.val_lbl_id, b->v.val_lbl_id) == 0;
1423 case dw_val_class_str:
1424 return a->v.val_str == b->v.val_str;
1425 case dw_val_class_flag:
1426 return a->v.val_flag == b->v.val_flag;
1427 case dw_val_class_file:
1428 return a->v.val_file == b->v.val_file;
1429 case dw_val_class_decl_ref:
1430 return a->v.val_decl_ref == b->v.val_decl_ref;
1432 case dw_val_class_const_double:
1433 return (a->v.val_double.high == b->v.val_double.high
1434 && a->v.val_double.low == b->v.val_double.low);
1436 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
1437 return *a->v.val_wide == *b->v.val_wide;
1439 case dw_val_class_vec:
1441 size_t a_len = a->v.val_vec.elt_size * a->v.val_vec.length;
1442 size_t b_len = b->v.val_vec.elt_size * b->v.val_vec.length;
1444 return (a_len == b_len
1445 && !memcmp (a->v.val_vec.array, b->v.val_vec.array, a_len));
1448 case dw_val_class_data8:
1449 return memcmp (a->v.val_data8, b->v.val_data8, 8) == 0;
1451 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
1452 return (!strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1)
1453 && !strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1));
1458 /* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
1461 loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
1463 if (a->dw_loc_opc != b->dw_loc_opc)
1466 /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
1467 address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
1468 should be zero for other types of locations. */
1469 if (a->dtprel != b->dtprel)
1472 return (dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd1, &b->dw_loc_oprnd1)
1473 && dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd2, &b->dw_loc_oprnd2));
1476 /* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
1479 loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
1485 if (a == NULL || b == NULL)
1487 if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a, b))
1496 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
1499 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1501 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
1504 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
1509 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1510 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
1514 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
1515 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
1516 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
1517 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
1518 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
1520 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
1521 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
1523 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
1524 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
1527 else if (offset > 0)
1528 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
1532 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
1533 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
1537 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
1540 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1543 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
1544 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
1547 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
1548 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
1550 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref);
1552 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
1554 static unsigned long
1555 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
1557 unsigned long size = 1;
1559 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
1562 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
1564 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index:
1565 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index:
1566 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry->index != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
1567 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry->index);
1586 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1589 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1594 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
1595 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1633 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1636 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1639 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1642 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1643 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
1646 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1648 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
1649 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1650 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
1652 case DW_OP_deref_size:
1653 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
1662 case DW_OP_call_ref:
1663 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE;
1665 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
1666 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
1667 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
1669 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
1670 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE + size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
1672 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
1674 unsigned long op_size = size_of_locs (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
1675 size += size_of_uleb128 (op_size) + op_size;
1678 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
1681 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
1682 size += size_of_uleb128 (o) + 1;
1683 switch (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class)
1685 case dw_val_class_vec:
1686 size += loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length
1687 * loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size;
1689 case dw_val_class_const:
1690 size += HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1692 case dw_val_class_const_double:
1693 size += HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1695 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
1696 size += (get_full_len (*loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_wide)
1697 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1704 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
1707 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
1708 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
1709 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
1712 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
1715 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
1716 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
1719 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
1720 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
1721 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
1722 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1726 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
1727 size += size_of_uleb128 (o);
1730 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
1740 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
1743 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
1748 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
1749 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
1750 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
1752 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
1754 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
1759 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
1761 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
1762 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
1768 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
1769 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref);
1770 static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref);
1772 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
1773 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
1774 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
1775 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
1776 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
1777 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
1780 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
1782 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
1783 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
1785 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
1787 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1790 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1795 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
1796 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 4,
1798 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1803 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1808 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
1809 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 8,
1811 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1816 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
1817 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1824 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
1825 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
1827 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
1830 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
1831 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
1832 switch (val2->val_class)
1834 case dw_val_class_const:
1835 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
1837 case dw_val_class_vec:
1839 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
1840 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
1844 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
1849 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
1852 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
1853 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
1856 case dw_val_class_const_double:
1858 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
1860 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1862 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
1863 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
1867 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
1868 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
1870 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
1872 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
1876 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
1879 int len = get_full_len (*val2->v.val_wide);
1880 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1881 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1882 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
1883 val2->v.val_wide->elt (i), NULL);
1885 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1886 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
1887 val2->v.val_wide->elt (i), NULL);
1890 case dw_val_class_addr:
1891 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
1892 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
1907 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
1908 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
1909 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
1910 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
1911 only doing unwinding. */
1916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1919 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
1922 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1927 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
1928 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
1962 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1966 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
1967 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
1968 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
1969 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
1970 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
1971 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1975 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
1979 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
1980 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
1981 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
1982 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
1983 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
1984 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1985 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
1989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
1991 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
1992 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
1993 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
1995 case DW_OP_deref_size:
1996 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
1997 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2003 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
2005 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
2008 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2015 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2016 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2023 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index:
2024 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index:
2025 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry->index != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
2026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry->index,
2027 "(index into .debug_addr)");
2030 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
2032 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2033 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2];
2034 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
2035 get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2036 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL);
2037 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2041 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
2042 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1->v.val_loc), NULL);
2043 output_loc_sequence (val1->v.val_loc, for_eh_or_skip);
2046 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
2048 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die), l;
2050 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2051 switch (val2->val_class)
2053 case dw_val_class_const:
2054 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
2055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
2056 dw2_asm_output_data (l, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2058 case dw_val_class_vec:
2060 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
2061 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
2066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
2067 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
2072 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
2075 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
2076 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
2079 case dw_val_class_const_double:
2081 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
2082 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
2084 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l, NULL);
2085 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2087 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
2088 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
2092 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
2093 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
2095 dw2_asm_output_data (l, first, NULL);
2096 dw2_asm_output_data (l, second, NULL);
2099 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
2102 int len = get_full_len (*val2->v.val_wide);
2103 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
2105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * l, NULL);
2106 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2107 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2108 dw2_asm_output_data (l, val2->v.val_wide->elt (i), NULL);
2110 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2111 dw2_asm_output_data (l, val2->v.val_wide->elt (i), NULL);
2119 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
2121 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
2122 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
2124 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
2126 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2127 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2128 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2134 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
2136 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
2138 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2142 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
2143 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
2144 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
2145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2148 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2154 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
2157 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
2158 o = get_ref_die_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2159 dw2_asm_output_data (4, o, NULL);
2164 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2169 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
2170 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2171 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2172 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2173 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2174 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2177 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
2179 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2181 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
2182 /* Output the opcode. */
2183 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
2184 && opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
2186 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
2187 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2188 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2189 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
2191 else if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
2192 && opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
2194 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
2195 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2196 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2197 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
2200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc,
2201 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc));
2203 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2204 output_loc_operands (loc, for_eh_or_skip);
2208 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2209 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
2212 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2214 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2215 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2217 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2220 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index:
2221 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index:
2222 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
2223 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
2229 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2230 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2231 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2232 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
2237 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2238 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
2243 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2244 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
2249 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
2250 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2251 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
2259 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
2260 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2262 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2263 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
2269 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
2270 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2271 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2272 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2273 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
2278 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2280 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2284 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
2285 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2287 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
2324 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2325 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
2330 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
2331 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2332 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2333 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2334 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
2335 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2336 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
2340 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
2341 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
2342 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
2343 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
2344 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
2345 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
2346 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
2347 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
2352 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2358 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2362 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
2363 /* Output the opcode. */
2364 if (opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
2366 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
2367 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
2368 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2369 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
2371 else if (opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
2373 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
2374 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
2375 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2376 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
2378 /* Output the opcode. */
2379 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", opc);
2380 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
2382 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
2384 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
2386 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2390 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
2391 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
2394 struct dw_loc_descr_node *
2395 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
2397 struct dw_loc_descr_node *head, *tmp;
2399 offset += cfa->offset;
2403 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2404 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2405 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry = NULL;
2406 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2407 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2410 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
2411 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2415 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
2420 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
2421 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
2424 struct dw_loc_descr_node *
2425 build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa,
2426 HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
2428 struct dw_loc_descr_node *head;
2429 unsigned int dwarf_fp
2430 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2432 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
2433 if (cfa->reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa->indirect == 0)
2435 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
2436 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
2437 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
2438 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
2441 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
2445 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2447 /* .debug_str support. */
2449 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
2450 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
2451 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
2452 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
2453 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
2454 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
2455 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
2456 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
2457 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2458 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2459 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
2460 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
2461 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
2462 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
2463 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
2465 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
2466 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn *);
2467 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
2468 static void dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int);
2469 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
2471 /* The debug hooks structure. */
2473 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
2477 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
2480 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
2481 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
2482 dwarf2out_begin_block,
2483 dwarf2out_end_block,
2484 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
2485 dwarf2out_source_line,
2486 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
2487 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2488 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue,
2489 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue,
2491 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
2492 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
2494 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
2495 dwarf2out_begin_function,
2496 dwarf2out_end_function, /* end_function */
2497 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
2498 dwarf2out_global_decl,
2499 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
2500 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
2501 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
2502 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
2503 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
2504 something tries to reference them. */
2505 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
2506 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label, /* label */
2507 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
2508 dwarf2out_var_location,
2509 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
2511 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2512 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE /* tree_type_symtab_field */
2515 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2516 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2517 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2519 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2520 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2521 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2522 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2524 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
2525 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
2526 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
2527 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
2528 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
2529 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
2532 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
2534 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2535 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2537 typedef long int dw_offset;
2539 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
2541 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
2542 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
2543 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
2544 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
2545 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
2546 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
2548 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
2549 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
2550 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
2553 enum dw_line_info_opcode {
2554 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
2557 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
2558 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
2562 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
2565 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
2568 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
2571 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
2572 LI_set_prologue_end,
2573 LI_set_epilogue_begin,
2575 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
2576 LI_set_discriminator
2579 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
2580 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode;
2582 } dw_line_info_entry;
2585 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct {
2586 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
2587 const char *end_label;
2589 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
2590 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
2591 unsigned int file_num;
2592 unsigned int line_num;
2593 unsigned int column_num;
2598 vec<dw_line_info_entry, va_gc> *entries;
2599 } dw_line_info_table;
2601 typedef dw_line_info_table *dw_line_info_table_p;
2604 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
2605 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
2606 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
2608 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
2609 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
2610 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
2615 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
2616 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
2617 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
2619 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"), for_user)) die_struct {
2620 union die_symbol_or_type_node
2622 const char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
2623 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
2625 GTY ((desc ("%0.comdat_type_p"))) die_id;
2626 vec<dw_attr_node, va_gc> *die_attr;
2627 dw_die_ref die_parent;
2628 dw_die_ref die_child;
2630 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
2631 dw_offset die_offset;
2632 unsigned long die_abbrev;
2634 unsigned int decl_id;
2635 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
2636 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
2637 BOOL_BITFIELD die_perennial_p : 1;
2638 BOOL_BITFIELD comdat_type_p : 1; /* DIE has a type signature */
2639 /* Lots of spare bits. */
2643 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
2644 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
2645 c = die->die_child; \
2649 } while (c != die->die_child); \
2652 /* The pubname structure */
2654 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
2661 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
2662 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
2663 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
2667 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
2669 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct {
2671 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno;
2677 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
2682 /* The comdat type node structure. */
2683 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
2685 dw_die_ref root_die;
2686 dw_die_ref type_die;
2687 dw_die_ref skeleton_die;
2688 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
2689 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
2693 /* The limbo die list structure. */
2694 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
2697 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
2701 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
2705 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
2707 skeleton_chain_node;
2709 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
2710 implicitly generated for a type.
2712 Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
2713 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
2714 and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
2715 a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
2716 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
2717 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
2718 front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
2720 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
2721 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
2722 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
2723 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
2724 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
2725 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
2726 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
2727 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
2728 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
2730 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
2731 language, and compiler version. */
2733 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
2734 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2735 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
2737 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
2738 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2739 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
2740 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
2742 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
2743 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
2745 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
2746 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
2747 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2748 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2749 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
2751 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
2752 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
2753 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
2754 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2755 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2756 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
2758 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
2759 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
2760 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
2761 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
2763 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
2767 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
2768 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
2769 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
2771 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
2772 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
2774 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
2775 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
2777 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
2778 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
2779 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
2780 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
2781 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
2783 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
2784 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
2785 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
2788 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
2789 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
2790 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
2792 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
2793 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die;
2795 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
2796 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
2798 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
2799 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
2801 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
2802 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
2803 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
2805 struct dwarf_file_hasher : ggc_hasher<dwarf_file_data *>
2807 typedef const char *compare_type;
2809 static hashval_t hash (dwarf_file_data *);
2810 static bool equal (dwarf_file_data *, const char *);
2813 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
2814 static GTY(()) hash_table<dwarf_file_hasher> *file_table;
2816 struct decl_die_hasher : ggc_hasher<die_node *>
2818 typedef tree compare_type;
2820 static hashval_t hash (die_node *);
2821 static bool equal (die_node *, tree);
2823 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
2824 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
2825 static GTY (()) hash_table<decl_die_hasher> *decl_die_table;
2827 struct block_die_hasher : ggc_hasher<die_struct *>
2829 static hashval_t hash (die_struct *);
2830 static bool equal (die_struct *, die_struct *);
2833 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
2834 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
2835 static GTY (()) hash_table<block_die_hasher> *common_block_die_table;
2837 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
2843 /* Node of the variable location list. */
2844 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
2845 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
2846 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
2847 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
2848 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
2849 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
2850 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
2851 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
2852 NULL as second operand. */
2854 const char * GTY (()) label;
2855 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
2858 /* Variable location list. */
2859 struct GTY ((for_user)) var_loc_list_def {
2860 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
2862 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
2863 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
2864 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
2865 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
2866 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
2867 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
2868 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
2870 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
2871 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
2872 is after section switch. */
2873 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch;
2875 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
2876 unsigned int decl_id;
2878 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
2880 /* Call argument location list. */
2881 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node {
2882 rtx GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note;
2883 const char * GTY (()) label;
2884 tree GTY (()) block;
2886 rtx GTY (()) symbol_ref;
2887 struct call_arg_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
2891 struct decl_loc_hasher : ggc_hasher<var_loc_list *>
2893 typedef const_tree compare_type;
2895 static hashval_t hash (var_loc_list *);
2896 static bool equal (var_loc_list *, const_tree);
2899 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
2900 static GTY (()) hash_table<decl_loc_hasher> *decl_loc_table;
2902 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
2903 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_locations;
2904 static struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_loc_last;
2906 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
2907 static int call_site_count = -1;
2908 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
2909 static int tail_call_site_count = -1;
2911 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
2913 static vec<dw_die_ref> block_map;
2915 /* A cached location list. */
2916 struct GTY ((for_user)) cached_dw_loc_list_def {
2917 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
2918 unsigned int decl_id;
2920 /* The cached location list. */
2921 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
2923 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list;
2925 struct dw_loc_list_hasher : ggc_hasher<cached_dw_loc_list *>
2928 typedef const_tree compare_type;
2930 static hashval_t hash (cached_dw_loc_list *);
2931 static bool equal (cached_dw_loc_list *, const_tree);
2934 /* Table of cached location lists. */
2935 static GTY (()) hash_table<dw_loc_list_hasher> *cached_dw_loc_list_table;
2937 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
2938 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
2939 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
2940 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
2941 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
2943 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
2944 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
2946 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
2947 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
2949 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2950 abbrev_die_table. */
2951 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
2953 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
2954 static unsigned int line_info_label_num;
2956 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
2957 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
2958 assembly for the function. */
2959 static dw_line_info_table *cur_line_info_table;
2961 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
2962 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *text_section_line_info;
2963 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *cold_text_section_line_info;
2965 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
2966 static GTY(()) vec<dw_line_info_table_p, va_gc> *separate_line_info;
2968 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
2970 static bool info_section_emitted;
2972 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2973 accessible names. */
2974 static GTY (()) vec<pubname_entry, va_gc> *pubname_table;
2976 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2977 accessible types. */
2978 static GTY (()) vec<pubname_entry, va_gc> *pubtype_table;
2980 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
2981 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
2982 static GTY (()) vec<macinfo_entry, va_gc> *macinfo_table;
2984 /* True if .debug_macinfo or .debug_macros section is going to be
2986 #define have_macinfo \
2987 (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE \
2988 && !macinfo_table->is_empty ())
2990 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
2991 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
2993 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
2994 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
2996 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
2997 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
2999 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
3000 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
3001 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
3003 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
3004 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
3006 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
3007 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
3009 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3011 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3013 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3014 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3016 /* Unique label counter. */
3017 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3019 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
3020 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
3022 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3023 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
3025 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3026 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3028 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
3029 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
3031 static GTY(()) vec<die_arg_entry, va_gc> *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
3033 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
3034 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
3035 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
3036 we do it at the end of compilation. */
3037 static GTY(()) vec<tree, va_gc> *generic_type_instances;
3039 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3040 within the current function. */
3041 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
3042 static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid;
3044 static vec<dw_die_ref> base_types;
3046 /* Flags to represent a set of attribute classes for attributes that represent
3047 a scalar value (bounds, pointers, ...). */
3050 dw_scalar_form_constant = 0x01,
3051 dw_scalar_form_exprloc = 0x02,
3052 dw_scalar_form_reference = 0x04
3055 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3057 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
3058 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3059 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
3060 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3061 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3062 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3063 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
3064 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3065 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3066 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3067 static inline unsigned int AT_index (dw_attr_ref);
3068 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3069 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3070 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3071 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3072 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3073 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3074 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3075 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3076 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3077 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3078 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
3079 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3080 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3081 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3082 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3083 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3084 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3085 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3086 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3087 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3088 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3089 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3090 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3092 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3093 static addr_table_entry *add_addr_table_entry (void *, enum ate_kind);
3094 static void remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry *);
3095 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx, bool);
3096 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3097 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3098 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3099 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3100 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3101 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3102 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3103 unsigned long, bool);
3104 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3105 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3106 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3107 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3108 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3109 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3110 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3111 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3112 static bool is_cxx (void);
3113 static bool is_fortran (void);
3114 static bool is_ada (void);
3115 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3116 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3117 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3118 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3119 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3120 static dw_die_ref strip_naming_typedef (tree, dw_die_ref);
3121 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree);
3122 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3123 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3124 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
3125 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3126 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
3127 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3128 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3129 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3130 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3131 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3132 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3133 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3134 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
3135 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
3136 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3137 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
3138 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3139 struct checksum_attributes;
3140 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
3141 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3142 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3143 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
3144 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3145 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
3146 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3147 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3148 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3149 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3150 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3151 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3152 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3153 static inline bool is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref);
3154 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3155 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3156 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
3157 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
3158 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
3159 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
3160 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
3161 static dw_die_ref copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3162 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
3163 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
3164 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
3165 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
3168 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
3169 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
3171 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3172 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3173 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3174 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3175 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3176 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
3177 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3178 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3179 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3180 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (vec<pubname_entry, va_gc> *);
3181 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3182 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3183 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3184 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3185 static void output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long, dw_die_ref);
3186 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3187 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3188 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3189 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3190 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
3191 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3192 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3193 static void add_enumerator_pubname (const char *, dw_die_ref);
3194 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
3195 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
3196 static void output_pubnames (vec<pubname_entry, va_gc> *);
3197 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
3198 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
3199 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
3200 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
3202 static void output_ranges (void);
3203 static dw_line_info_table *new_line_info_table (void);
3204 static void output_line_info (bool);
3205 static void output_file_names (void);
3206 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3207 static int is_base_type (tree);
3208 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3209 static int decl_quals (const_tree);
3210 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, dw_die_ref);
3211 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
3212 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3213 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
3214 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
3215 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
3216 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
3217 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
3218 enum var_init_status);
3219 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
3220 enum var_init_status);
3221 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
3222 enum var_init_status);
3223 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
3224 static bool resolve_one_addr (rtx *);
3225 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
3226 enum var_init_status);
3227 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, machine_mode mode,
3228 enum var_init_status);
3229 struct loc_descr_context;
3230 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int,
3231 const struct loc_descr_context *);
3232 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int,
3233 const struct loc_descr_context *);
3234 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3235 static tree field_type (const_tree);
3236 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
3237 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
3238 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
3239 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
3240 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3242 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3243 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3244 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3245 static void insert_wide_int (const wide_int &, unsigned char *, int);
3246 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
3247 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3248 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, bool,
3249 enum dwarf_attribute);
3250 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3251 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
3252 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3253 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, dw_die_ref);
3254 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3255 static void add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree, int,
3256 const struct loc_descr_context *);
3257 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree,
3258 const struct loc_descr_context *);
3259 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
3260 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3261 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3262 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3263 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3264 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3265 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3266 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3267 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3268 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3269 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3270 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3271 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3272 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3273 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3274 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, dw_die_ref);
3275 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3276 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
3277 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
3279 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3281 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3282 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
3284 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3286 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3287 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
3288 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
3289 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3290 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3291 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3292 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3293 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3294 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3295 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3296 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3297 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3298 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3299 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3300 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3301 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3302 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
3303 enum debug_info_usage);
3304 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3305 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3306 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3307 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3308 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref);
3309 static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
3310 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
3311 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
3312 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3313 static dw_die_ref gen_namelist_decl (tree, dw_die_ref, tree);
3314 static dw_die_ref gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3315 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
3316 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
3317 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3318 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3319 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
3320 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3321 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3322 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
3323 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
3324 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
3325 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3326 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3327 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3328 const char *, const char *);
3329 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3330 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3331 static bool want_pubnames (void);
3333 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3334 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref);
3335 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3336 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3337 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3338 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3339 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3340 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
3341 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref);
3342 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref);
3343 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3344 const char *, const char *);
3345 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
3346 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
3347 static bool generic_type_p (tree);
3348 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t);
3349 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
3351 static const char *comp_dir_string (void);
3353 static void hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref, inchash::hash &);
3355 /* enum for tracking thread-local variables whose address is really an offset
3356 relative to the TLS pointer, which will need link-time relocation, but will
3357 not need relocation by the DWARF consumer. */
3365 /* Return the operator to use for an address of a variable. For dtprel_true, we
3366 use DW_OP_const*. For regular variables, which need both link-time
3367 relocation and consumer-level relocation (e.g., to account for shared objects
3368 loaded at a random address), we use DW_OP_addr*. */
3370 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
3371 dw_addr_op (enum dtprel_bool dtprel)
3373 if (dtprel == dtprel_true)
3374 return (dwarf_split_debug_info ? DW_OP_GNU_const_index
3375 : (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u));
3377 return dwarf_split_debug_info ? DW_OP_GNU_addr_index : DW_OP_addr;
3380 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated address location description. If
3381 dwarf_split_debug_info is true, then record the address with the appropriate
3383 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3384 new_addr_loc_descr (rtx addr, enum dtprel_bool dtprel)
3386 dw_loc_descr_ref ref = new_loc_descr (dw_addr_op (dtprel), 0, 0);
3388 ref->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
3389 ref->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = addr;
3390 ref->dtprel = dtprel;
3391 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
3392 ref->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry
3393 = add_addr_table_entry (addr,
3394 dtprel ? ate_kind_rtx_dtprel : ate_kind_rtx);
3396 ref->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry = NULL;
3401 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3403 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3404 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3406 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3407 #define DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info.dwo"
3409 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3410 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3412 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3413 #define DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev.dwo"
3415 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3416 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3418 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
3419 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION ".debug_addr"
3421 #ifndef DEBUG_NORM_MACINFO_SECTION
3422 #define DEBUG_NORM_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3424 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
3425 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo.dwo"
3427 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3428 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION \
3429 (!dwarf_split_debug_info \
3430 ? (DEBUG_NORM_MACINFO_SECTION) : (DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION))
3432 #ifndef DEBUG_NORM_MACRO_SECTION
3433 #define DEBUG_NORM_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
3435 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
3436 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro.dwo"
3438 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
3439 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION \
3440 (!dwarf_split_debug_info \
3441 ? (DEBUG_NORM_MACRO_SECTION) : (DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION))
3443 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3444 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3446 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
3447 #define DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line.dwo"
3449 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3450 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3452 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
3453 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc.dwo"
3455 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3456 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION \
3457 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
3458 ? ".debug_gnu_pubnames" : ".debug_pubnames")
3460 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
3461 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION \
3462 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
3463 ? ".debug_gnu_pubtypes" : ".debug_pubtypes")
3465 #define DEBUG_NORM_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets"
3466 #define DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets.dwo"
3467 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
3468 #define DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION \
3469 (!dwarf_split_debug_info \
3470 ? (DEBUG_NORM_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION) : (DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION))
3472 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
3473 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION ".debug_str.dwo"
3475 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3476 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3478 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3479 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3482 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3483 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3484 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3487 /* Section flags for .debug_macinfo/.debug_macro section. */
3488 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_FLAGS \
3489 (dwarf_split_debug_info ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE : SECTION_DEBUG)
3491 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3492 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3493 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
3494 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3497 /* Section flags for .debug_str.dwo section. */
3498 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE)
3500 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3501 the section names themselves. */
3503 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3504 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3506 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3507 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
3509 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3510 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3512 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3513 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_line"
3515 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3516 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3518 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3519 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_info"
3521 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3522 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3524 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3525 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_abbrev"
3527 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
3528 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_addr"
3530 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3531 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3533 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3534 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3536 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3537 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3539 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
3540 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
3542 #define SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV 1
3543 #define SKELETON_TYPE_DIE_ABBREV 2
3545 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3546 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3547 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3548 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3549 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3551 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3552 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3553 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3554 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3555 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3556 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3557 static char debug_skeleton_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3558 static char debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3559 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3560 static char debug_addr_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3561 static char debug_skeleton_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3562 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3563 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3564 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3566 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3567 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3569 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
3570 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
3572 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3573 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3575 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3576 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3578 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3579 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3583 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3585 comp_unit_die (void)
3587 if (!single_comp_unit_die)
3588 single_comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
3589 return single_comp_unit_die;
3592 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3593 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
3595 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3598 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3600 demangle_name_func = func;
3603 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3606 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
3608 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3609 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3610 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3613 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3617 type_main_variant (tree type)
3619 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3621 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3622 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3623 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3624 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3626 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3627 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3628 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3633 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3636 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
3638 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3640 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3641 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3644 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
3647 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label, dw_die_ref ref)
3649 sprintf (label, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label, ref->die_offset);
3652 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
3654 static unsigned long int
3655 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
3657 if (ref->die_offset)
3658 return ref->die_offset;
3659 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev)
3661 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
3662 gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
3664 return ref->die_offset;
3667 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
3669 static unsigned long int
3670 get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
3672 gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
3673 return ref->die_offset;
3676 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3679 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
3681 const char *name = get_DW_TAG_name (tag);
3686 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3689 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3692 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
3698 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3699 case DW_AT_HP_prologue:
3700 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
3702 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
3703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
3706 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3707 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue:
3708 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
3710 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
3711 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
3715 name = get_DW_AT_name (attr);
3720 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
3723 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
3726 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
3728 const char *name = get_DW_FORM_name (form);
3733 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
3736 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
3737 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
3738 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
3739 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
3743 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
3745 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
3748 /* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN can point to itself; ignore that if
3749 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
3750 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
3753 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
3754 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
3755 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
3757 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
3760 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
3761 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
3765 decl_class_context (tree decl)
3767 tree context = NULL_TREE;
3769 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
3770 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
3772 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
3773 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
3775 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
3776 context = NULL_TREE;
3781 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
3784 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
3786 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
3790 vec_safe_reserve (die->die_attr, 1);
3791 vec_safe_push (die->die_attr, *attr);
3794 static inline enum dw_val_class
3795 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
3797 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
3800 /* Return the index for any attribute that will be referenced with a
3801 DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index or DW_FORM_GNU_str_index. String indices
3802 are stored in dw_attr_val.v.val_str for reference counting
3805 static inline unsigned int
3806 AT_index (dw_attr_ref a)
3808 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
3809 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->index;
3810 else if (a->dw_attr_val.val_entry != NULL)
3811 return a->dw_attr_val.val_entry->index;
3815 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
3818 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
3822 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
3823 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
3824 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3825 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
3826 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3829 static inline unsigned
3830 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
3832 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
3833 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
3836 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3839 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
3843 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
3844 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3845 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3846 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
3847 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3850 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
3851 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
3853 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
3854 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
3857 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3860 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
3861 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
3865 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
3866 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3867 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3868 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
3869 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3872 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
3873 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
3875 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
3876 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
3879 /* Add an unsigned wide integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3882 add_AT_wide (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
3887 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
3888 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_wide_int;
3889 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_wide = ggc_alloc<wide_int> ();
3890 *attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_wide = w;
3891 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3894 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3897 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
3898 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
3902 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
3903 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
3904 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3905 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
3906 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
3907 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3910 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
3913 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
3914 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
3918 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
3919 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
3920 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3921 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
3922 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
3923 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
3924 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3927 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
3930 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
3931 unsigned char data8[8])
3935 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
3936 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
3937 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3938 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
3939 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3942 /* Add DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc to a DIE. When using
3943 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
3944 final executable have force_direct set to avoid using indexed
3948 add_AT_low_high_pc (dw_die_ref die, const char *lbl_low, const char *lbl_high,
3954 lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_low);
3955 attr.dw_attr = DW_AT_low_pc;
3956 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
3957 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = lbl_id;
3958 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && !force_direct)
3959 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry
3960 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id, ate_kind_label);
3962 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3963 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3965 attr.dw_attr = DW_AT_high_pc;
3966 if (dwarf_version < 4)
3967 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
3969 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_high_pc;
3970 lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_high);
3971 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = lbl_id;
3972 if (attr.dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_lbl_id
3973 && dwarf_split_debug_info && !force_direct)
3974 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry
3975 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id, ate_kind_label);
3977 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
3978 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
3981 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
3984 indirect_string_hasher::hash (indirect_string_node *x)
3986 return htab_hash_string (x->str);
3990 indirect_string_hasher::equal (indirect_string_node *x1, const char *x2)
3992 return strcmp (x1->str, x2) == 0;
3995 /* Add STR to the given string hash table. */
3997 static struct indirect_string_node *
3998 find_AT_string_in_table (const char *str,
3999 hash_table<indirect_string_hasher> *table)
4001 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4003 indirect_string_node **slot
4004 = table->find_slot_with_hash (str, htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4007 node = ggc_cleared_alloc<indirect_string_node> ();
4008 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4018 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
4020 static struct indirect_string_node *
4021 find_AT_string (const char *str)
4023 if (! debug_str_hash)
4024 debug_str_hash = hash_table<indirect_string_hasher>::create_ggc (10);
4026 return find_AT_string_in_table (str, debug_str_hash);
4029 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4032 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4035 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4037 node = find_AT_string (str);
4039 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4040 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4041 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4042 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4043 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4046 static inline const char *
4047 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4049 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4050 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4053 /* Call this function directly to bypass AT_string_form's logic to put
4054 the string inline in the die. */
4057 set_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
4060 /* Already indirect is a no op. */
4061 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp || node->form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index)
4063 gcc_assert (node->label);
4066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4067 ++dw2_string_counter;
4068 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4070 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info)
4072 node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4073 node->index = NOT_INDEXED;
4077 node->form = DW_FORM_GNU_str_index;
4078 node->index = NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED;
4082 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4083 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4085 static enum dwarf_form
4086 find_string_form (struct indirect_string_node *node)
4093 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4095 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4096 always better to put it inline. */
4097 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4098 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4100 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4101 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4103 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
4104 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4105 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
4106 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4108 set_indirect_string (node);
4113 /* Find out whether the string referenced from the attribute should be
4114 output inline in DIE or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4116 static enum dwarf_form
4117 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4119 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4120 return find_string_form (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4123 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4126 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4130 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4131 gcc_assert (targ_die != NULL);
4133 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
4134 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
4135 if (targ_die == NULL)
4139 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4140 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4141 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4142 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4143 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4144 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4147 /* Change DIE reference REF to point to NEW_DIE instead. */
4150 change_AT_die_ref (dw_attr_ref ref, dw_die_ref new_die)
4152 gcc_assert (ref->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4153 ref->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = new_die;
4154 ref->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4157 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4158 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4161 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4163 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4164 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4165 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4168 static inline dw_die_ref
4169 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4171 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4172 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4176 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4178 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4179 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4185 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4187 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4188 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4191 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4194 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4198 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4199 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4200 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4201 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4202 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4205 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4208 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4212 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4213 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4214 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4215 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4216 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4219 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4220 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4222 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
4223 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4227 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4231 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4232 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4233 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4234 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4235 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4236 have_location_lists = true;
4239 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4240 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4242 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4243 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4246 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
4247 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
4249 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4250 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4253 struct addr_hasher : ggc_hasher<addr_table_entry *>
4255 static hashval_t hash (addr_table_entry *);
4256 static bool equal (addr_table_entry *, addr_table_entry *);
4259 /* Table of entries into the .debug_addr section. */
4261 static GTY (()) hash_table<addr_hasher> *addr_index_table;
4263 /* Hash an address_table_entry. */
4266 addr_hasher::hash (addr_table_entry *a)
4268 inchash::hash hstate;
4274 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel:
4277 case ate_kind_label:
4278 return htab_hash_string (a->addr.label);
4282 inchash::add_rtx (a->addr.rtl, hstate);
4283 return hstate.end ();
4286 /* Determine equality for two address_table_entries. */
4289 addr_hasher::equal (addr_table_entry *a1, addr_table_entry *a2)
4291 if (a1->kind != a2->kind)
4296 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel:
4297 return rtx_equal_p (a1->addr.rtl, a2->addr.rtl);
4298 case ate_kind_label:
4299 return strcmp (a1->addr.label, a2->addr.label) == 0;
4305 /* Initialize an addr_table_entry. */
4308 init_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry *e, enum ate_kind kind, void *addr)
4314 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel:
4315 e->addr.rtl = (rtx) addr;
4317 case ate_kind_label:
4318 e->addr.label = (char *) addr;
4322 e->index = NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED;
4325 /* Add attr to the address table entry to the table. Defer setting an
4326 index until output time. */
4328 static addr_table_entry *
4329 add_addr_table_entry (void *addr, enum ate_kind kind)
4331 addr_table_entry *node;
4332 addr_table_entry finder;
4334 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info);
4335 if (! addr_index_table)
4336 addr_index_table = hash_table<addr_hasher>::create_ggc (10);
4337 init_addr_table_entry (&finder, kind, addr);
4338 addr_table_entry **slot = addr_index_table->find_slot (&finder, INSERT);
4340 if (*slot == HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
4342 node = ggc_cleared_alloc<addr_table_entry> ();
4343 init_addr_table_entry (node, kind, addr);
4353 /* Remove an entry from the addr table by decrementing its refcount.
4354 Strictly, decrementing the refcount would be enough, but the
4355 assertion that the entry is actually in the table has found
4359 remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry *entry)
4361 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info && addr_index_table);
4362 /* After an index is assigned, the table is frozen. */
4363 gcc_assert (entry->refcount > 0 && entry->index == NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
4367 /* Given a location list, remove all addresses it refers to from the
4371 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4373 for (; descr; descr = descr->dw_loc_next)
4374 if (descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry != NULL)
4376 gcc_assert (descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry->index == NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
4377 remove_addr_table_entry (descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry);
4381 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
4382 htab_traverse. Assign an addr_table_entry its index. All entries
4383 must be collected into the table when this function is called,
4384 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
4385 in the same order for each run. */
4388 index_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry **h, unsigned int *index)
4390 addr_table_entry *node = *h;
4392 /* Don't index unreferenced nodes. */
4393 if (node->refcount == 0)
4396 gcc_assert (node->index == NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
4397 node->index = *index;
4403 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. When using
4404 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
4405 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
4406 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
4409 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr,
4414 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4415 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4416 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4417 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && !force_direct)
4418 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = add_addr_table_entry (addr, ate_kind_rtx);
4420 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4421 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4424 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
4427 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4429 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
4430 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4433 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
4436 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4437 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
4441 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4442 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
4443 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4444 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
4445 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4448 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
4450 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
4451 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
4453 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
4454 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
4457 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
4460 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4461 const char *lbl1, const char *lbl2)
4465 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4466 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vms_delta;
4467 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4468 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1 = xstrdup (lbl1);
4469 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2 = xstrdup (lbl2);
4470 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4473 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4476 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4481 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4482 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4483 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4484 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4485 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
4486 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry
4487 = add_addr_table_entry (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id,
4489 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4492 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4493 debug_line section. */
4496 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4501 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4502 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
4503 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4504 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4505 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4508 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4509 debug_macinfo section. */
4512 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4517 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4518 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
4519 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4520 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4521 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4524 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4527 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4528 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4532 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4533 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4534 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
4535 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4536 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4539 /* Add a range_list attribute value to a DIE. When using
4540 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
4541 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
4542 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
4544 #define UNRELOCATED_OFFSET ((addr_table_entry *) 1)
4545 #define RELOCATED_OFFSET (NULL)
4548 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4549 long unsigned int offset, bool force_direct)
4553 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4554 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4555 /* For the range_list attribute, use val_entry to store whether the
4556 offset should follow split-debug-info or normal semantics. This
4557 value is read in output_range_list_offset. */
4558 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && !force_direct)
4559 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = UNRELOCATED_OFFSET;
4561 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = RELOCATED_OFFSET;
4562 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4563 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4566 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
4568 static inline const char *
4569 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a)
4571 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
4572 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1;
4575 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
4577 static inline const char *
4578 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a)
4580 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
4581 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2;
4584 static inline const char *
4585 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4587 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4588 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
4589 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr
4590 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_high_pc));
4591 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4594 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4597 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4601 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4606 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
4607 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4609 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4610 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4614 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4619 /* Returns the parent of the declaration of DIE. */
4622 get_die_parent (dw_die_ref die)
4629 if ((t = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
4630 || (t = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification)))
4633 return die->die_parent;
4636 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4637 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4638 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4640 static inline const char *
4641 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4643 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4645 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4648 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4649 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4650 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4652 static inline const char *
4653 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4655 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4657 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4660 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4661 NULL if it is not present. */
4663 static inline const char *
4664 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4666 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4668 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4671 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4672 if it is not present. */
4675 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4677 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4679 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4682 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4683 if it is not present. */
4685 static inline unsigned
4686 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4688 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4690 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4693 static inline dw_die_ref
4694 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4696 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4698 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4701 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
4702 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4704 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4706 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
4709 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4714 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4716 return (lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
4717 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14);
4720 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4725 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4727 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
4730 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4735 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4737 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
4738 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
4739 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95
4740 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran03
4741 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran08);
4744 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4749 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4751 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
4754 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4757 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4765 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
4766 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4768 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4769 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
4770 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
4772 /* vec::ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
4774 die->die_attr->ordered_remove (ix);
4779 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
4780 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
4783 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
4785 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
4786 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
4789 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
4793 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
4794 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
4795 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
4798 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
4799 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
4802 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
4804 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
4806 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
4807 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
4809 new_child->die_parent = parent;
4810 if (prev == old_child)
4812 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
4813 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
4817 prev->die_sib = new_child;
4818 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
4820 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
4821 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
4824 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
4827 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
4830 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
4831 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
4832 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
4835 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
4839 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
4845 dw_die_ref prev = c;
4847 while (c->die_tag == tag)
4849 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
4850 /* Might have removed every child. */
4851 if (c == c->die_sib)
4855 } while (c != die->die_child);
4858 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
4861 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
4863 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
4864 if (! die || ! child_die)
4866 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
4868 child_die->die_parent = die;
4871 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
4872 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
4875 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
4876 die->die_child = child_die;
4879 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4880 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
4881 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
4884 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
4888 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4889 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4890 if (child->die_parent != parent)
4892 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
4898 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
4899 || (child->die_parent
4900 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
4902 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
4903 if (p->die_sib == child)
4905 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
4909 add_child_die (parent, child);
4912 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4914 static inline dw_die_ref
4915 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
4917 dw_die_ref die = ggc_cleared_alloc<die_node> ();
4919 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4921 if (parent_die != NULL)
4922 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4925 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4927 limbo_node = ggc_cleared_alloc<limbo_die_node> ();
4928 limbo_node->die = die;
4929 limbo_node->created_for = t;
4930 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4931 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4937 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4939 static inline dw_die_ref
4940 lookup_type_die (tree type)
4942 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
4945 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
4946 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
4947 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
4949 static inline dw_die_ref
4950 strip_naming_typedef (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
4953 && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
4955 && type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef
4956 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
4957 type_die = get_AT_ref (type_die, DW_AT_type);
4961 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
4962 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
4963 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
4964 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
4965 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
4966 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
4968 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
4969 a naming typedef is. */
4971 static inline dw_die_ref
4972 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type)
4974 dw_die_ref die = lookup_type_die (type);
4975 return strip_naming_typedef (type, die);
4978 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4981 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
4983 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
4986 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
4989 decl_die_hasher::hash (die_node *x)
4991 return (hashval_t) x->decl_id;
4994 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
4997 decl_die_hasher::equal (die_node *x, tree y)
4999 return (x->decl_id == DECL_UID (y));
5002 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5004 static inline dw_die_ref
5005 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5007 return decl_die_table->find_with_hash (decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5010 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5013 decl_loc_hasher::hash (var_loc_list *x)
5015 return (hashval_t) x->decl_id;
5018 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5022 decl_loc_hasher::equal (var_loc_list *x, const_tree y)
5024 return (x->decl_id == DECL_UID (y));
5027 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5029 static inline var_loc_list *
5030 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
5032 if (!decl_loc_table)
5034 return decl_loc_table->find_with_hash (decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5037 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
5040 dw_loc_list_hasher::hash (cached_dw_loc_list *x)
5042 return (hashval_t) x->decl_id;
5045 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
5049 dw_loc_list_hasher::equal (cached_dw_loc_list *x, const_tree y)
5051 return (x->decl_id == DECL_UID (y));
5054 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5057 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5059 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5061 *decl_die_table->find_slot_with_hash (decl, decl_id, INSERT) = decl_die;
5062 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5065 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5067 static HOST_WIDE_INT
5068 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
5070 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
5073 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
5074 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
5075 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
5078 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5081 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
5083 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
5084 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
5086 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
5089 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
5090 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
5092 static rtx_expr_list *
5093 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
5095 if (bitsize > 0 && bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
5096 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
5098 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
5103 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
5104 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
5107 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
5108 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
5112 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
5114 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
5119 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
5120 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
5121 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
5122 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
5123 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
5124 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
5125 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
5126 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
5127 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
5130 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
5131 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
5132 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
5135 bool copy = inner != NULL;
5139 /* First copy all nodes preceding the current bitpos. */
5140 while (src != inner)
5142 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
5143 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
5144 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5145 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
5148 /* Add padding if needed. */
5149 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
5151 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
5152 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5153 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5155 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
5158 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
5159 just update the location for it and return. */
5160 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
5163 /* Add the piece that changed. */
5164 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5165 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5166 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
5167 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
5170 while (diff > 0 && *src)
5173 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
5175 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
5178 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
5179 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
5182 /* Add padding if needed. */
5183 if (diff < 0 && *src)
5187 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5188 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5192 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
5195 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
5196 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
5197 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5198 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
5202 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5204 static struct var_loc_node *
5205 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
5207 unsigned int decl_id;
5209 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
5210 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
5212 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
5213 && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl))
5215 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
5216 if (handled_component_p (realdecl)
5217 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl) == MEM_REF
5218 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR))
5220 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
5223 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
5224 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
5225 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
5226 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
5228 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
5229 || bitsize != maxsize)
5235 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5237 = decl_loc_table->find_slot_with_hash (decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5240 temp = ggc_cleared_alloc<var_loc_list> ();
5241 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5247 /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
5248 even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
5250 && temp->first == temp->last
5251 && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
5252 && NOTE_P (temp->first->loc)
5253 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp->first->loc) == decl
5254 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
5255 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc)
5256 && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc))
5257 == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
5258 && prev_real_insn (temp->first->loc) == NULL_RTX
5260 || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc),
5261 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note))
5262 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->first->loc)
5263 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))))
5265 loc = ggc_cleared_alloc<var_loc_node> ();
5266 temp->first->next = loc;
5268 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5270 else if (temp->last)
5272 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
5273 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
5274 HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos = 0;
5278 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
5280 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
5282 piece_loc = &last->loc;
5285 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
5286 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
5288 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
5289 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
5293 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
5294 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
5296 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
5298 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
5299 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
5300 if (piece_loc != NULL)
5302 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
5303 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
5306 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
5307 if (temp->last != last)
5309 temp->last->next = NULL;
5312 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
5316 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last
5317 || (temp->first->next == temp->last
5318 && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL));
5319 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
5320 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5324 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
5325 last_loc_note = last->loc;
5326 else if (piece_loc != NULL
5327 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
5328 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
5329 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
5330 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
5332 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
5333 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5334 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5335 we have nothing to do. */
5336 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
5337 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
5338 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
5339 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
5340 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
5341 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
5342 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
5343 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
5344 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
5346 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
5347 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
5348 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
5352 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
5355 loc = ggc_cleared_alloc<var_loc_node> ();
5356 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
5357 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5359 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
5360 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
5362 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
5363 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
5364 if (last != temp->last)
5372 loc = ggc_cleared_alloc<var_loc_node> ();
5375 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5380 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5381 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5382 the DIE internal representation. */
5383 static int print_indent;
5385 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5388 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5390 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5393 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
5396 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
5400 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
5401 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
5404 static void print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref, FILE *);
5406 /* Print the value associated to the VAL DWARF value node to OUTFILE. If
5407 RECURSE, output location descriptor operations. */
5410 print_dw_val (dw_val_node *val, bool recurse, FILE *outfile)
5412 switch (val->val_class)
5414 case dw_val_class_addr:
5415 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5417 case dw_val_class_offset:
5418 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5420 case dw_val_class_loc:
5421 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5422 if (val->v.val_loc == NULL)
5423 fprintf (outfile, " -> <null>\n");
5426 fprintf (outfile, ":\n");
5428 print_loc_descr (val->v.val_loc, outfile);
5432 fprintf (outfile, " (%p)\n", (void *) val->v.val_loc);
5434 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5435 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5436 val->v.val_loc_list->ll_symbol);
5438 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5439 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5441 case dw_val_class_const:
5442 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, val->v.val_int);
5444 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5445 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, val->v.val_unsigned);
5447 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5448 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
5449 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
5450 val->v.val_double.high,
5451 val->v.val_double.low);
5453 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
5455 int i = val->v.val_wide->get_len ();
5456 fprintf (outfile, "constant (");
5458 if (val->v.val_wide->elt (i - 1) == 0)
5459 fprintf (outfile, "0x");
5460 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
5461 val->v.val_wide->elt (--i));
5463 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_PADDED_HEX,
5464 val->v.val_wide->elt (i));
5465 fprintf (outfile, ")");
5468 case dw_val_class_vec:
5469 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5471 case dw_val_class_flag:
5472 fprintf (outfile, "%u", val->v.val_flag);
5474 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5475 if (val->v.val_die_ref.die != NULL)
5477 dw_die_ref die = val->v.val_die_ref.die;
5479 if (die->comdat_type_p)
5481 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
5482 print_signature (outfile,
5483 die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
5485 else if (die->die_id.die_symbol)
5486 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", die->die_id.die_symbol);
5488 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", die->die_offset);
5489 fprintf (outfile, " (%p)", (void *) die);
5492 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5494 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
5495 fprintf (outfile, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
5496 val->v.val_vms_delta.lbl2, val->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1);
5498 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5499 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5500 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5501 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
5502 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", val->v.val_lbl_id);
5504 case dw_val_class_str:
5505 if (val->v.val_str->str != NULL)
5506 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", val->v.val_str->str);
5508 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5510 case dw_val_class_file:
5511 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", val->v.val_file->filename,
5512 val->v.val_file->emitted_number);
5514 case dw_val_class_data8:
5518 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
5519 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", val->v.val_data8[i]);
5527 /* Likewise, for a DIE attribute. */
5530 print_attribute (dw_attr_ref a, bool recurse, FILE *outfile)
5532 print_dw_val (&a->dw_attr_val, recurse, outfile);
5536 /* Print the list of operands in the LOC location description to OUTFILE. This
5537 routine is a debugging aid only. */
5540 print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, FILE *outfile)
5542 dw_loc_descr_ref l = loc;
5546 print_spaces (outfile);
5547 fprintf (outfile, "<null>\n");
5551 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
5553 print_spaces (outfile);
5554 fprintf (outfile, "(%p) %s",
5556 dwarf_stack_op_name (l->dw_loc_opc));
5557 if (l->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class != dw_val_class_none)
5559 fprintf (outfile, " ");
5560 print_dw_val (&l->dw_loc_oprnd1, false, outfile);
5562 if (l->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class != dw_val_class_none)
5564 fprintf (outfile, ", ");
5565 print_dw_val (&l->dw_loc_oprnd2, false, outfile);
5567 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5571 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5572 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5575 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5581 print_spaces (outfile);
5582 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
5583 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag),
5585 print_spaces (outfile);
5586 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5587 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld", die->die_offset);
5588 fprintf (outfile, " mark: %d\n", die->die_mark);
5590 if (die->comdat_type_p)
5592 print_spaces (outfile);
5593 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
5594 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
5595 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5598 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
5600 print_spaces (outfile);
5601 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5603 print_attribute (a, true, outfile);
5604 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5607 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5610 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5613 if (print_indent == 0)
5614 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5617 /* Print the list of operations in the LOC location description. */
5620 debug_dwarf_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5622 print_loc_descr (loc, stderr);
5625 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5628 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5630 print_die (die, stderr);
5634 debug (die_struct &ref)
5636 print_die (&ref, stderr);
5640 debug (die_struct *ptr)
5645 fprintf (stderr, "<nil>\n");
5649 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5650 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5656 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr);
5659 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5660 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5661 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5664 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5666 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5667 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5669 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5673 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5676 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5678 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5680 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5684 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5685 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
5686 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5688 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5691 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5694 inchash::hash hstate;
5697 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
5699 hash_loc_operands (loc, hstate);
5700 hash = hstate.end();
5704 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5707 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5709 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5712 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5714 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5715 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5716 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5719 switch (AT_class (at))
5721 case dw_val_class_const:
5722 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5724 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5725 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5727 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5728 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
5730 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
5731 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide->get_val (),
5732 get_full_len (*at->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide)
5733 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR);
5735 case dw_val_class_vec:
5736 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array,
5737 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
5738 * at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size));
5740 case dw_val_class_flag:
5741 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5743 case dw_val_class_str:
5744 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5747 case dw_val_class_addr:
5749 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5750 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5753 case dw_val_class_offset:
5754 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5757 case dw_val_class_loc:
5758 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5759 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5762 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5763 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5766 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5767 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
5768 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5769 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5770 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5771 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
5774 case dw_val_class_file:
5775 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
5778 case dw_val_class_data8:
5779 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
5787 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5790 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5796 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5799 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5802 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5804 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5806 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
5807 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5809 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
5813 #undef CHECKSUM_BLOCK
5814 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5816 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
5817 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5818 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
5819 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
5820 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5821 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5822 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
5823 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
5825 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
5828 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5835 byte = (value & 0x7f);
5837 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
5838 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
5847 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
5850 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5854 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
5857 /* More bytes to follow. */
5865 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
5866 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
5869 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5873 int tag = die->die_tag;
5875 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
5876 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
5877 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
5880 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
5882 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
5886 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
5887 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
5889 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
5890 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
5892 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
5895 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5898 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5900 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
5901 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
5902 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
5904 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
5905 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
5909 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
5912 inchash::hash hstate;
5915 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dtprel);
5916 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5917 hash_loc_operands (loc, hstate);
5918 hash = hstate.end ();
5920 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5924 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5927 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
5928 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5930 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5933 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5935 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
5937 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
5938 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
5939 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
5940 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
5941 is complete or not. */
5942 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
5943 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5944 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5945 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
5946 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
5947 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
5948 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
5950 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
5952 if (name_attr != NULL)
5954 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
5958 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
5959 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5960 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
5961 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
5962 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
5963 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
5968 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
5969 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
5970 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
5971 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
5973 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
5974 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5975 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
5979 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
5983 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5984 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
5985 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5986 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
5987 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
5988 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
5993 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
5994 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5996 switch (AT_class (at))
5998 case dw_val_class_const:
5999 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
6000 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
6003 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6004 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
6005 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
6008 case dw_val_class_const_double:
6009 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
6010 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
6011 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
6014 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
6015 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
6016 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (get_full_len (*at->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide)
6017 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
6018 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide->get_val (),
6019 get_full_len (*at->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide)
6020 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR);
6023 case dw_val_class_vec:
6024 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
6025 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6026 * at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size);
6027 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array,
6028 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6029 * at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size));
6032 case dw_val_class_flag:
6033 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
6034 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
6037 case dw_val_class_str:
6038 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6039 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
6042 case dw_val_class_addr:
6044 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
6045 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6046 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
6049 case dw_val_class_offset:
6050 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
6051 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6054 case dw_val_class_loc:
6055 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
6056 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
6059 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6060 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6061 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6062 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6063 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
6066 case dw_val_class_file:
6067 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6068 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
6071 case dw_val_class_data8:
6072 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
6080 struct checksum_attributes
6082 dw_attr_ref at_name;
6083 dw_attr_ref at_type;
6084 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
6085 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
6086 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
6087 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
6088 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
6089 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
6090 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
6091 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
6092 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
6093 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
6094 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
6095 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
6096 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
6097 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
6098 dw_attr_ref at_count;
6099 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
6100 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
6101 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
6102 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
6103 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
6104 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
6105 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
6106 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
6107 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
6108 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
6109 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
6110 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
6111 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
6112 dw_attr_ref at_location;
6113 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
6114 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
6115 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
6116 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
6117 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
6118 dw_attr_ref at_small;
6119 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
6120 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
6121 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
6122 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
6123 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
6124 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
6125 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
6126 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
6127 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
6128 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
6131 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
6134 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
6139 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
6150 attrs->at_friend = a;
6152 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6153 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
6155 case DW_AT_address_class:
6156 attrs->at_address_class = a;
6158 case DW_AT_allocated:
6159 attrs->at_allocated = a;
6161 case DW_AT_artificial:
6162 attrs->at_artificial = a;
6164 case DW_AT_associated:
6165 attrs->at_associated = a;
6167 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
6168 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
6170 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6171 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
6173 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6174 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
6176 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6177 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
6179 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6180 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
6182 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6183 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
6185 case DW_AT_const_value:
6186 attrs->at_const_value = a;
6188 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6189 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
6192 attrs->at_count = a;
6194 case DW_AT_data_location:
6195 attrs->at_data_location = a;
6197 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6198 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
6200 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
6201 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
6203 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
6204 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
6206 case DW_AT_default_value:
6207 attrs->at_default_value = a;
6209 case DW_AT_digit_count:
6210 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
6213 attrs->at_discr = a;
6215 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6216 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
6218 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6219 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
6221 case DW_AT_encoding:
6222 attrs->at_encoding = a;
6224 case DW_AT_endianity:
6225 attrs->at_endianity = a;
6227 case DW_AT_explicit:
6228 attrs->at_explicit = a;
6230 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6231 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
6233 case DW_AT_location:
6234 attrs->at_location = a;
6236 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6237 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
6240 attrs->at_mutable = a;
6242 case DW_AT_ordering:
6243 attrs->at_ordering = a;
6245 case DW_AT_picture_string:
6246 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
6248 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6249 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
6252 attrs->at_small = a;
6255 attrs->at_segment = a;
6257 case DW_AT_string_length:
6258 attrs->at_string_length = a;
6260 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
6261 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
6263 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6264 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
6266 case DW_AT_use_location:
6267 attrs->at_use_location = a;
6269 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6270 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
6272 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6273 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
6275 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6276 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
6278 case DW_AT_visibility:
6279 attrs->at_visibility = a;
6281 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6282 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
6290 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
6293 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6297 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
6299 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
6300 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
6302 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
6304 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6306 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
6307 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
6309 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
6310 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
6311 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
6312 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
6313 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
6314 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
6315 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
6316 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
6317 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
6318 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
6319 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
6320 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
6321 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
6322 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
6323 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
6324 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
6325 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
6326 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
6327 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
6328 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
6329 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
6330 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
6331 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
6332 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
6333 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
6334 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
6335 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
6336 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
6337 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
6338 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
6339 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
6340 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
6341 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
6342 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
6343 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
6344 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
6345 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
6346 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
6347 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
6348 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
6349 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
6350 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
6351 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
6352 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
6353 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
6354 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
6355 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
6357 /* Checksum the child DIEs. */
6360 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
6363 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
6364 if (is_template_instantiation (c))
6366 /* Ignore instantiations of member type and function templates. */
6368 else if (name_attr != NULL
6369 && (is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram))
6371 /* Use a shallow checksum for named nested types and member
6373 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
6374 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
6375 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
6379 /* Use a deep checksum for other children. */
6380 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
6381 if (c->die_mark == 0)
6383 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
6385 } while (c != die->die_child);
6387 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
6390 /* Add a type name and tag to a hash. */
6392 die_odr_checksum (int tag, const char *name, md5_ctx *ctx)
6394 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
6395 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
6399 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6400 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
6401 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
6402 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
6404 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
6405 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
6406 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
6407 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
6408 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
6409 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
6410 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
6413 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
6417 unsigned char checksum[16];
6422 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
6423 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6424 parent = get_die_parent (die);
6426 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
6427 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
6428 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
6430 if (is_cxx () && name != NULL)
6432 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6434 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6436 checksum_die_context (parent, &ctx);
6438 /* Checksum the current DIE. */
6439 die_odr_checksum (die->die_tag, name, &ctx);
6440 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6442 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
6445 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
6447 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6449 die->die_mark = mark;
6451 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6453 checksum_die_context (parent, &ctx);
6455 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
6456 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
6457 unmark_all_dies (die);
6458 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6460 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
6461 type node together. */
6462 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
6463 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
6464 die->comdat_type_p = true;
6465 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
6466 type_node->type_die = die;
6468 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
6472 decl->comdat_type_p = true;
6473 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
6477 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6479 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6481 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6482 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6483 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6486 /* Do the values look the same? */
6488 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6490 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6493 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6496 switch (v1->val_class)
6498 case dw_val_class_const:
6499 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6500 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6501 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6502 case dw_val_class_const_double:
6503 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
6504 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
6505 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
6506 return *v1->v.val_wide == *v2->v.val_wide;
6507 case dw_val_class_vec:
6508 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6509 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6511 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6512 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6515 case dw_val_class_flag:
6516 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6517 case dw_val_class_str:
6518 return !strcmp (v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6520 case dw_val_class_addr:
6521 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6522 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6523 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6525 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
6527 case dw_val_class_offset:
6528 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6530 case dw_val_class_loc:
6531 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6533 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6534 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6536 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6538 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6539 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6541 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6542 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
6543 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6544 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6545 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6546 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
6549 case dw_val_class_file:
6550 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6552 case dw_val_class_data8:
6553 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
6560 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6563 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6565 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6568 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6569 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6570 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6573 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6576 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6579 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6585 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6587 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6588 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6590 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6593 if (vec_safe_length (die1->die_attr) != vec_safe_length (die2->die_attr))
6596 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die1->die_attr, ix, a1)
6597 if (!same_attr_p (a1, &(*die2->die_attr)[ix], mark))
6600 c1 = die1->die_child;
6601 c2 = die2->die_child;
6610 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6614 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6616 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6626 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6629 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6632 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6634 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6635 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6640 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6642 static const char *comdat_symbol_id;
6644 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6645 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6647 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6648 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6651 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6653 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6654 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6655 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
6658 unsigned char checksum[16];
6661 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6662 the name filename of the unit. */
6664 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6666 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6667 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6668 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6670 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6671 clean_symbol_name (name);
6673 p = name + strlen (name);
6674 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6676 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6680 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6681 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6684 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6687 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6689 switch (die->die_tag)
6691 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6692 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6693 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6694 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6695 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6696 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6697 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6698 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6699 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6700 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6701 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6702 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6703 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6704 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6705 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6706 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6707 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6708 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6709 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6710 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6717 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6718 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6719 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6720 compilations (functions). */
6723 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6725 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6726 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6727 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6728 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6730 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6733 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6734 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6735 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
6736 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6737 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6739 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6741 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6744 return is_type_die (c);
6747 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6748 compilation unit. */
6751 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6753 return (is_type_die (c)
6754 || is_declaration_die (c)
6755 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
6756 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
6759 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
6762 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c)
6764 return c && c->die_tag == DW_TAG_compile_unit;
6767 /* Returns true iff C is a unit DIE of some sort. */
6770 is_unit_die (dw_die_ref c)
6772 return c && (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_compile_unit
6773 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_partial_unit
6774 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_type_unit);
6777 /* Returns true iff C is a namespace DIE. */
6780 is_namespace_die (dw_die_ref c)
6782 return c && c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace;
6785 /* Returns true iff C is a class or structure DIE. */
6788 is_class_die (dw_die_ref c)
6790 return c && (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
6791 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type);
6794 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a template parameter. */
6797 is_template_parameter (dw_die_ref die)
6799 switch (die->die_tag)
6801 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6802 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6803 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6804 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6811 /* Return non-zero if this DIE represents a template instantiation. */
6814 is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref die)
6818 if (!is_type_die (die) && die->die_tag != DW_TAG_subprogram)
6820 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, if (is_template_parameter (c)) return true);
6825 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6829 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6830 return xstrdup (buf);
6833 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6836 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6840 if (is_symbol_die (die) && !die->comdat_type_p)
6842 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6844 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6846 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6847 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6848 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6851 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6854 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6857 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6860 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6861 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6864 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6866 struct cu_hash_table_entry_hasher
6868 typedef cu_hash_table_entry value_type;
6869 typedef die_struct compare_type;
6870 static inline hashval_t hash (const value_type *);
6871 static inline bool equal (const value_type *, const compare_type *);
6872 static inline void remove (value_type *);
6876 cu_hash_table_entry_hasher::hash (const value_type *entry)
6878 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
6882 cu_hash_table_entry_hasher::equal (const value_type *entry1,
6883 const compare_type *entry2)
6885 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
6889 cu_hash_table_entry_hasher::remove (value_type *entry)
6891 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6901 typedef hash_table<cu_hash_table_entry_hasher> cu_hash_type;
6903 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6906 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, cu_hash_type *htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6908 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6909 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6911 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6913 slot = htable->find_slot_with_hash (cu,
6914 htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
6918 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6920 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6926 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6930 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6932 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6933 entry->next = *slot;
6939 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6941 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, cu_hash_type *htable,
6942 unsigned int sym_num)
6944 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6946 slot = htable->find_slot_with_hash (cu,
6947 htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
6951 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6954 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6955 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6956 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6959 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6962 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6963 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6967 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6969 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6970 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6972 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6974 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6975 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6977 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6978 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6979 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6980 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6982 add_child_die (unit, c);
6984 if (c == die->die_child)
6987 } while (c != die->die_child);
6990 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6991 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6995 assign_symbol_names (die);
6996 cu_hash_type cu_hash_table (10);
6997 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
7003 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
7004 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, &cu_hash_table,
7005 &comdat_symbol_number);
7006 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
7008 *pnode = node->next;
7011 pnode = &node->next;
7012 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, &cu_hash_table,
7013 comdat_symbol_number);
7018 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
7021 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
7026 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
7027 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
7033 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
7036 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die)
7038 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
7042 return local_scope_p (decl);
7045 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
7049 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die)
7053 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram && ! is_declaration_die (die))
7055 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, if (contains_subprogram_definition (c)) return 1);
7059 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
7060 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
7063 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
7065 switch (die->die_tag)
7067 case DW_TAG_class_type:
7068 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
7069 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
7070 case DW_TAG_union_type:
7071 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, types nested in a
7072 subprogram, or types that contain subprogram definitions. */
7073 if (is_declaration_die (die)
7074 || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7075 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die)
7076 || contains_subprogram_definition (die))
7079 case DW_TAG_array_type:
7080 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
7081 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
7082 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
7083 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
7084 case DW_TAG_string_type:
7085 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
7086 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
7087 case DW_TAG_set_type:
7088 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
7089 case DW_TAG_base_type:
7090 case DW_TAG_const_type:
7091 case DW_TAG_file_type:
7092 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
7093 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
7094 case DW_TAG_typedef:
7100 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
7103 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
7109 clone = ggc_cleared_alloc<die_node> ();
7110 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
7112 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
7113 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
7118 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
7121 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
7124 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
7126 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree (c)));
7131 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
7134 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
7141 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
7142 if (is_declaration_die (die))
7143 return clone_die (die);
7145 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
7146 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
7149 clone = clone_die (decl);
7150 if (die->comdat_type_p)
7151 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
7155 clone = ggc_cleared_alloc<die_node> ();
7156 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
7158 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
7160 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
7161 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
7162 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
7166 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
7167 case DW_AT_artificial:
7168 case DW_AT_containing_type:
7169 case DW_AT_external:
7172 case DW_AT_virtuality:
7173 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
7174 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
7175 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
7177 case DW_AT_byte_size:
7183 if (die->comdat_type_p)
7184 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
7186 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
7191 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
7193 struct decl_table_entry
7199 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
7201 /* Hashtable helpers. */
7203 struct decl_table_entry_hasher : typed_free_remove <decl_table_entry>
7205 typedef decl_table_entry value_type;
7206 typedef die_struct compare_type;
7207 static inline hashval_t hash (const value_type *);
7208 static inline bool equal (const value_type *, const compare_type *);
7212 decl_table_entry_hasher::hash (const value_type *entry)
7214 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
7218 decl_table_entry_hasher::equal (const value_type *entry1,
7219 const compare_type *entry2)
7221 return entry1->orig == entry2;
7224 typedef hash_table<decl_table_entry_hasher> decl_hash_type;
7226 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
7227 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
7228 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
7229 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
7232 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die,
7233 decl_hash_type *decl_table)
7235 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
7236 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
7238 decl_table_entry **slot = NULL;
7239 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
7243 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
7244 slot = decl_table->find_slot_with_hash (die, htab_hash_pointer (die),
7246 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
7252 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
7253 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7261 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
7264 if (!is_unit_die (parent))
7265 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
7268 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
7269 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
7273 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
7279 /* Copy the declaration context to the new type unit DIE. This includes
7280 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
7281 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
7282 attached to the specification, and returns a pointer to the original
7283 parent of the declaration DIE. Returns NULL otherwise. */
7286 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
7289 dw_die_ref new_decl;
7290 dw_die_ref orig_parent = NULL;
7292 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
7301 /* The original DIE will be changed to a declaration, and must
7302 be moved to be a child of the original declaration DIE. */
7303 orig_parent = decl->die_parent;
7305 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
7306 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
7307 decl->comdat_type_p = true;
7308 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
7310 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
7312 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (decl->die_attr, ix, a)
7314 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
7315 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
7316 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
7317 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
7320 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree (c)));
7323 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
7324 && !is_unit_die (decl->die_parent))
7326 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
7327 if (new_decl != NULL)
7329 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
7330 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
7337 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
7338 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
7341 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
7343 if (node->new_die != NULL)
7346 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
7348 if (node->parent != NULL)
7350 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
7351 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
7355 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
7356 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
7357 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
7360 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
7362 skeleton_chain_node node;
7365 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
7366 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
7368 node.parent = parent;
7370 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
7374 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
7377 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
7379 node.new_die = NULL;
7380 if (is_declaration_die (c))
7382 if (is_template_instantiation (c))
7384 /* Instantiated templates do not need to be cloned into the
7385 type unit. Just move the DIE and its children back to
7386 the skeleton tree (in the main CU). */
7387 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7388 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
7393 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
7394 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
7395 all the original's children, where the original came from
7396 (which is about to be moved to the type unit). */
7397 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
7398 move_all_children (c, clone);
7400 /* If the original has a DW_AT_object_pointer attribute,
7401 it would now point to a child DIE just moved to the
7402 cloned tree, so we need to remove that attribute from
7404 remove_AT (c, DW_AT_object_pointer);
7406 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
7407 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
7408 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
7413 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
7414 } while (next != NULL);
7417 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
7420 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
7422 skeleton_chain_node node;
7425 node.new_die = NULL;
7428 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
7429 and is not an instantiation of a template, always leave
7430 at least a declaration in its place. */
7431 if (die->die_parent != NULL
7432 && is_type_die (die->die_parent)
7433 && !is_template_instantiation (die))
7434 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
7436 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
7437 return node.new_die;
7440 /* Remove the CHILD DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
7441 declaration. The original DIE is moved to a new compile unit so that
7442 existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the
7443 original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the
7444 original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the
7448 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref child,
7451 dw_die_ref skeleton, orig_parent;
7453 /* Copy the declaration context to the type unit DIE. If the returned
7454 ORIG_PARENT is not NULL, the skeleton needs to be added as a child of
7456 orig_parent = copy_declaration_context (unit, child);
7458 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
7459 if (skeleton == NULL)
7460 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
7463 skeleton->comdat_type_p = true;
7464 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
7466 /* If the original DIE was a specification, we need to put
7467 the skeleton under the parent DIE of the declaration.
7468 This leaves the original declaration in the tree, but
7469 it will be pruned later since there are no longer any
7470 references to it. */
7471 if (orig_parent != NULL)
7473 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
7474 add_child_die (orig_parent, skeleton);
7477 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
7483 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
7484 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
7487 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
7491 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
7492 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
7493 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
7495 first = c = die->die_child;
7499 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
7502 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
7503 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
7505 dw_die_ref replacement;
7506 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
7508 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
7509 break_out_comdat_types (c);
7511 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
7512 add it to the list of comdat types. */
7513 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
7514 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
7515 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language));
7516 type_node = ggc_cleared_alloc<comdat_type_node> ();
7517 type_node->root_die = unit;
7518 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
7519 comdat_type_list = type_node;
7521 /* Generate the type signature. */
7522 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
7524 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
7525 declaration into the new type unit DIE, then remove this DIE
7526 from the main CU (or replace it with a skeleton if necessary). */
7527 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (unit, c, prev);
7528 type_node->skeleton_die = replacement;
7530 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
7531 add_child_die (unit, c);
7533 if (replacement != NULL)
7536 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
7537 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
7538 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
7539 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
7541 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
7542 break_out_comdat_types (c);
7544 } while (next != NULL);
7547 /* Like clone_tree, but copy DW_TAG_subprogram DIEs as declarations.
7548 Enter all the cloned children into the hash table decl_table. */
7551 clone_tree_partial (dw_die_ref die, decl_hash_type *decl_table)
7555 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
7556 decl_table_entry **slot;
7558 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7559 clone = clone_as_declaration (die);
7561 clone = clone_die (die);
7563 slot = decl_table->find_slot_with_hash (die,
7564 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
7566 /* Assert that DIE isn't in the hash table yet. If it would be there
7567 before, the ancestors would be necessarily there as well, therefore
7568 clone_tree_partial wouldn't be called. */
7569 gcc_assert (*slot == HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY);
7571 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7573 entry->copy = clone;
7576 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_subprogram)
7577 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c,
7578 add_child_die (clone, clone_tree_partial (c, decl_table)));
7583 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
7584 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
7588 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, decl_hash_type *decl_table)
7594 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
7596 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7598 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
7599 decl_table_entry **slot;
7600 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
7602 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || targ->comdat_type_p)
7605 slot = decl_table->find_slot_with_hash (targ,
7606 htab_hash_pointer (targ),
7609 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
7611 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
7612 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
7614 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
7618 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
7619 dw_die_ref copy = clone_die (targ);
7621 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
7622 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
7623 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
7624 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
7625 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7630 /* If TARG is not a declaration DIE, we need to copy its
7632 if (!is_declaration_die (targ))
7636 add_child_die (copy,
7637 clone_tree_partial (c, decl_table)));
7640 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
7644 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
7645 into the new type unit. */
7646 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
7647 && !is_unit_die (targ->die_parent))
7648 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
7651 add_child_die (parent, copy);
7652 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
7654 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
7655 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
7656 get visited otherwise. */
7659 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
7660 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
7661 parent->die_mark = 1;
7662 while (parent->die_parent
7663 && parent->die_parent->die_mark == 0)
7665 parent = parent->die_parent;
7666 parent->die_mark = 1;
7668 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
7674 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
7677 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
7678 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
7679 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
7680 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
7681 don't have an external reference. */
7684 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
7687 decl_hash_type decl_table (10);
7688 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, &decl_table);
7692 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
7693 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
7694 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
7697 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
7701 if (! die->die_child)
7704 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
7705 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
7707 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
7710 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
7713 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
7719 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
7720 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
7721 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
7723 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
7726 /* We want to limit the number of external references, because they are
7727 larger than local references: a relocation takes multiple words, and
7728 even a sig8 reference is always eight bytes, whereas a local reference
7729 can be as small as one byte (though DW_FORM_ref is usually 4 in GCC).
7730 So if we encounter multiple external references to the same type DIE, we
7731 make a local typedef stub for it and redirect all references there.
7733 This is the element of the hash table for keeping track of these
7743 /* Hashtable helpers. */
7745 struct external_ref_hasher : typed_free_remove <external_ref>
7747 typedef external_ref value_type;
7748 typedef external_ref compare_type;
7749 static inline hashval_t hash (const value_type *);
7750 static inline bool equal (const value_type *, const compare_type *);
7754 external_ref_hasher::hash (const value_type *r)
7756 dw_die_ref die = r->type;
7759 /* We can't use the address of the DIE for hashing, because
7760 that will make the order of the stub DIEs non-deterministic. */
7761 if (! die->comdat_type_p)
7762 /* We have a symbol; use it to compute a hash. */
7763 h = htab_hash_string (die->die_id.die_symbol);
7766 /* We have a type signature; use a subset of the bits as the hash.
7767 The 8-byte signature is at least as large as hashval_t. */
7768 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
7769 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
7775 external_ref_hasher::equal (const value_type *r1, const compare_type *r2)
7777 return r1->type == r2->type;
7780 typedef hash_table<external_ref_hasher> external_ref_hash_type;
7782 /* Return a pointer to the external_ref for references to DIE. */
7784 static struct external_ref *
7785 lookup_external_ref (external_ref_hash_type *map, dw_die_ref die)
7787 struct external_ref ref, *ref_p;
7788 external_ref **slot;
7791 slot = map->find_slot (&ref, INSERT);
7792 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
7795 ref_p = XCNEW (struct external_ref);
7801 /* Subroutine of optimize_external_refs, below.
7803 If we see a type skeleton, record it as our stub. If we see external
7804 references, remember how many we've seen. */
7807 optimize_external_refs_1 (dw_die_ref die, external_ref_hash_type *map)
7812 struct external_ref *ref_p;
7814 if (is_type_die (die)
7815 && (c = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_signature)))
7817 /* This is a local skeleton; use it for local references. */
7818 ref_p = lookup_external_ref (map, c);
7822 /* Scan the DIE references, and remember any that refer to DIEs from
7823 other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
7824 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
7825 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
7826 && (c = AT_ref (a))->die_mark == 0
7829 ref_p = lookup_external_ref (map, c);
7833 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, optimize_external_refs_1 (c, map));
7836 /* htab_traverse callback function for optimize_external_refs, below. SLOT
7837 points to an external_ref, DATA is the CU we're processing. If we don't
7838 already have a local stub, and we have multiple refs, build a stub. */
7841 dwarf2_build_local_stub (external_ref **slot, dw_die_ref data)
7843 struct external_ref *ref_p = *slot;
7845 if (ref_p->stub == NULL && ref_p->n_refs > 1 && !dwarf_strict)
7847 /* We have multiple references to this type, so build a small stub.
7848 Both of these forms are a bit dodgy from the perspective of the
7849 DWARF standard, since technically they should have names. */
7850 dw_die_ref cu = data;
7851 dw_die_ref type = ref_p->type;
7852 dw_die_ref stub = NULL;
7854 if (type->comdat_type_p)
7856 /* If we refer to this type via sig8, use AT_signature. */
7857 stub = new_die (type->die_tag, cu, NULL_TREE);
7858 add_AT_die_ref (stub, DW_AT_signature, type);
7862 /* Otherwise, use a typedef with no name. */
7863 stub = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, cu, NULL_TREE);
7864 add_AT_die_ref (stub, DW_AT_type, type);
7873 /* DIE is a unit; look through all the DIE references to see if there are
7874 any external references to types, and if so, create local stubs for
7875 them which will be applied in build_abbrev_table. This is useful because
7876 references to local DIEs are smaller. */
7878 static external_ref_hash_type *
7879 optimize_external_refs (dw_die_ref die)
7881 external_ref_hash_type *map = new external_ref_hash_type (10);
7882 optimize_external_refs_1 (die, map);
7883 map->traverse <dw_die_ref, dwarf2_build_local_stub> (die);
7887 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
7888 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
7889 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
7890 die are visited recursively. */
7893 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die, external_ref_hash_type *extern_map)
7895 unsigned long abbrev_id;
7896 unsigned int n_alloc;
7901 /* Scan the DIE references, and replace any that refer to
7902 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked) with
7903 the local stubs we built in optimize_external_refs. */
7904 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
7905 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
7906 && (c = AT_ref (a))->die_mark == 0)
7908 struct external_ref *ref_p;
7909 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->comdat_type_p || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7911 ref_p = lookup_external_ref (extern_map, c);
7912 if (ref_p->stub && ref_p->stub != die)
7913 change_AT_die_ref (a, ref_p->stub);
7915 /* We aren't changing this reference, so mark it external. */
7916 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
7919 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
7921 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
7922 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
7926 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
7928 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
7931 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev->die_attr) != vec_safe_length (die->die_attr))
7934 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, die_a)
7936 abbrev_a = &(*abbrev->die_attr)[ix];
7937 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
7938 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
7948 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
7950 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
7952 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7953 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
7956 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
7957 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7958 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
7961 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
7962 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
7965 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
7966 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c, extern_map));
7969 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
7972 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
7979 log = floor_log2 (value);
7982 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
7987 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
7988 .debug_info section. */
7990 static unsigned long
7991 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
7993 unsigned long size = 0;
7996 enum dwarf_form form;
7998 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
7999 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
8001 switch (AT_class (a))
8003 case dw_val_class_addr:
8004 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && AT_index (a) != NOT_INDEXED)
8006 gcc_assert (AT_index (a) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
8007 size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a));
8010 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8012 case dw_val_class_offset:
8013 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8015 case dw_val_class_loc:
8017 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
8020 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8021 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
8023 size += constant_size (lsize);
8027 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8028 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && AT_index (a) != NOT_INDEXED)
8030 gcc_assert (AT_index (a) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
8031 size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a));
8034 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8036 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8037 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8039 case dw_val_class_const:
8040 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
8042 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8044 int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
8045 if (dwarf_version == 3
8046 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
8048 size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a));
8053 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8054 size += HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
8055 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
8058 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
8059 size += (get_full_len (*a->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide)
8060 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR);
8061 if (get_full_len (*a->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8065 case dw_val_class_vec:
8066 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
8067 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
8068 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
8069 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
8071 case dw_val_class_flag:
8072 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8073 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8074 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8075 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8076 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8077 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8078 the same abbrev entry. */
8079 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
8083 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8084 if (AT_ref_external (a))
8086 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
8087 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
8088 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
8089 it's always sized as an offset. */
8090 if (use_debug_types)
8091 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
8092 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
8093 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8095 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8098 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8100 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8101 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8103 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8104 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && AT_index (a) != NOT_INDEXED)
8106 gcc_assert (AT_index (a) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
8107 size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a));
8110 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8112 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8113 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8114 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8116 case dw_val_class_str:
8117 form = AT_string_form (a);
8118 if (form == DW_FORM_strp)
8119 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8120 else if (form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index)
8121 size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a));
8123 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
8125 case dw_val_class_file:
8126 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
8128 case dw_val_class_data8:
8131 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8132 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8134 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
8135 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8145 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
8146 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
8147 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
8148 die_offset field in each DIE. */
8151 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
8155 gcc_assert (die->die_offset == 0
8156 || (unsigned long int) die->die_offset == next_die_offset);
8157 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
8158 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
8160 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
8162 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8163 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
8164 next_die_offset += 1;
8167 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
8168 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
8169 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
8170 values for the base types. */
8173 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
8175 unsigned long die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
8177 dw_die_ref base_type;
8178 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
8179 dw_die_ref prev = comp_unit_die ()->die_child;
8182 die_offset += size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
8183 for (i = 0; base_types.iterate (i, &base_type); i++)
8185 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
8186 gcc_assert (base_type->die_offset == 0
8187 && prev->die_sib == base_type
8188 && base_type->die_child == NULL
8189 && base_type->die_abbrev);
8192 base_type->die_offset = die_offset;
8193 die_offset += size_of_die (base_type);
8197 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
8198 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
8199 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
8200 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
8203 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
8207 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
8210 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
8213 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
8216 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
8220 if (! use_debug_types)
8221 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
8224 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
8227 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
8230 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
8240 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
8242 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
8243 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8244 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
8247 /* Calculate if the entry should appear in the final output file. It may be
8248 from a pruned a type. */
8251 include_pubname_in_output (vec<pubname_entry, va_gc> *table, pubname_entry *p)
8253 /* By limiting gnu pubnames to definitions only, gold can generate a
8254 gdb index without entries for declarations, which don't include
8255 enough information to be useful. */
8256 if (debug_generate_pub_sections == 2 && is_declaration_die (p->die))
8259 if (table == pubname_table)
8261 /* Enumerator names are part of the pubname table, but the
8262 parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die may have been pruned.
8263 Don't output them if that is the case. */
8264 if (p->die->die_tag == DW_TAG_enumerator &&
8265 (p->die->die_parent == NULL
8266 || !p->die->die_parent->die_perennial_p))
8269 /* Everything else in the pubname table is included. */
8273 /* The pubtypes table shouldn't include types that have been
8275 return (p->die->die_offset != 0
8276 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types);
8279 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
8280 generated for the compilation unit. */
8282 static unsigned long
8283 size_of_pubnames (vec<pubname_entry, va_gc> *names)
8288 int space_for_flags = (debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) ? 1 : 0;
8290 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
8291 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names, i, p)
8292 if (include_pubname_in_output (names, p))
8293 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1 + space_for_flags;
8295 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8299 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
8301 static unsigned long
8302 size_of_aranges (void)
8306 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
8308 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
8309 if (text_section_used)
8310 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8311 if (cold_text_section_used)
8312 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8313 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
8318 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
8320 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde->decl))
8322 if (!fde->in_std_section)
8323 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8324 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
8325 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8329 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
8330 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8334 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
8336 static enum dwarf_form
8337 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
8339 switch (AT_class (a))
8341 case dw_val_class_addr:
8342 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
8347 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
8348 case DW_AT_trampoline:
8349 return (AT_index (a) == NOT_INDEXED
8350 ? DW_FORM_addr : DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index);
8354 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8357 return DW_FORM_data1;
8359 return DW_FORM_data2;
8361 return DW_FORM_data4;
8363 return DW_FORM_data8;
8367 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8368 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8369 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8370 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
8372 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8373 case dw_val_class_offset:
8374 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
8377 return DW_FORM_data4;
8379 return DW_FORM_data8;
8383 case dw_val_class_loc:
8384 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8385 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
8386 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
8389 return DW_FORM_block1;
8391 return DW_FORM_block2;
8393 return DW_FORM_block4;
8397 case dw_val_class_const:
8398 return DW_FORM_sdata;
8399 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8400 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
8403 return DW_FORM_data1;
8405 return DW_FORM_data2;
8407 /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
8408 DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
8409 constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
8410 a large constant. */
8411 if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
8412 return DW_FORM_udata;
8413 return DW_FORM_data4;
8415 if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
8416 return DW_FORM_udata;
8417 return DW_FORM_data8;
8421 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8422 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8425 return DW_FORM_data2;
8427 return DW_FORM_data4;
8429 return DW_FORM_data8;
8432 return DW_FORM_block1;
8434 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
8435 switch (get_full_len (*a->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8438 return DW_FORM_data1;
8440 return DW_FORM_data2;
8442 return DW_FORM_data4;
8444 return DW_FORM_data8;
8446 return DW_FORM_block1;
8448 case dw_val_class_vec:
8449 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
8450 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
8453 return DW_FORM_block1;
8455 return DW_FORM_block2;
8457 return DW_FORM_block4;
8461 case dw_val_class_flag:
8462 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8464 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8465 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8466 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8467 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8468 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8469 the same abbrev entry. */
8470 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
8471 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
8473 return DW_FORM_flag;
8474 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8475 if (AT_ref_external (a))
8476 return use_debug_types ? DW_FORM_ref_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
8479 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8480 return DW_FORM_data;
8481 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8482 return (AT_index (a) == NOT_INDEXED
8483 ? DW_FORM_addr : DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index);
8484 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8485 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8486 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
8487 case dw_val_class_str:
8488 return AT_string_form (a);
8489 case dw_val_class_file:
8490 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
8493 return DW_FORM_data1;
8495 return DW_FORM_data2;
8497 return DW_FORM_data4;
8502 case dw_val_class_data8:
8503 return DW_FORM_data8;
8505 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
8506 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8509 return DW_FORM_data1;
8511 return DW_FORM_data2;
8513 return DW_FORM_data4;
8515 return DW_FORM_data8;
8525 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
8528 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
8530 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
8532 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
8535 /* Given a die and id, produce the appropriate abbreviations. */
8538 output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long abbrev_id, dw_die_ref abbrev)
8543 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
8544 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
8545 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
8547 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
8548 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
8550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
8552 for (ix = 0; vec_safe_iterate (abbrev->die_attr, ix, &a_attr); ix++)
8554 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
8555 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
8556 output_value_format (a_attr);
8559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8560 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8564 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
8568 output_abbrev_section (void)
8570 unsigned long abbrev_id;
8572 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
8573 output_die_abbrevs (abbrev_id, abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id]);
8575 /* Terminate the table. */
8576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8579 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
8582 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
8584 const char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
8586 gcc_assert (!die->comdat_type_p);
8591 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
8592 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
8593 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
8595 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
8597 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
8600 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
8603 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
8604 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
8605 const char *section)
8607 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_cleared_alloc<dw_loc_list_node> ();
8609 retlist->begin = begin;
8610 retlist->begin_entry = NULL;
8612 retlist->expr = expr;
8613 retlist->section = section;
8618 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
8619 hasn't got one yet. */
8622 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
8624 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
8625 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
8628 /* Output the location list given to us. */
8631 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
8633 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
8635 if (list_head->emitted)
8637 list_head->emitted = true;
8639 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
8641 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
8642 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
8645 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
8646 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0 && !curr->force)
8648 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
8649 /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could
8650 perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that
8651 in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value
8652 in a single range are unlikely very useful. */
8655 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
8657 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_start_length_entry,
8658 "Location list start/length entry (%s)",
8659 list_head->ll_symbol);
8660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr->begin_entry->index,
8661 "Location list range start index (%s)",
8663 /* The length field is 4 bytes. If we ever need to support
8664 an 8-byte length, we can add a new DW_LLE code or fall back
8665 to DW_LLE_GNU_start_end_entry. */
8666 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, curr->end, curr->begin,
8667 "Location list range length (%s)",
8668 list_head->ll_symbol);
8670 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
8672 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
8673 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8674 list_head->ll_symbol);
8675 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
8676 "Location list end address (%s)",
8677 list_head->ll_symbol);
8681 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
8682 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8683 list_head->ll_symbol);
8684 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
8685 "Location list end address (%s)",
8686 list_head->ll_symbol);
8689 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8690 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
8691 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
8693 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr, -1);
8696 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
8697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_end_of_list_entry,
8698 "Location list terminator (%s)",
8699 list_head->ll_symbol);
8702 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
8703 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
8704 list_head->ll_symbol);
8705 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
8706 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
8707 list_head->ll_symbol);
8711 /* Output a range_list offset into the debug_range section. Emit a
8712 relocated reference if val_entry is NULL, otherwise, emit an
8713 indirect reference. */
8716 output_range_list_offset (dw_attr_ref a)
8718 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
8720 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_entry == RELOCATED_OFFSET)
8722 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
8723 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8724 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
8725 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
8729 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
8730 "%s (offset from %s)", name, ranges_section_label);
8733 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
8736 output_loc_list_offset (dw_attr_ref a)
8738 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
8741 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
8742 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, loc_section_label,
8743 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8745 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
8746 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8749 /* Output an attribute's index or value appropriately. */
8752 output_attr_index_or_value (dw_attr_ref a)
8754 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
8756 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && AT_index (a) != NOT_INDEXED)
8758 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a), "%s", name);
8761 switch (AT_class (a))
8763 case dw_val_class_addr:
8764 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
8766 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
8767 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8768 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
8770 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8771 output_loc_list_offset (a);
8778 /* Output a type signature. */
8781 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
8785 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
8789 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
8790 the definitions of each child DIE. */
8793 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
8800 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
8801 them to point to. */
8802 if (! die->comdat_type_p && die->die_id.die_symbol)
8803 output_die_symbol (die);
8805 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
8806 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
8807 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8809 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
8811 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
8813 switch (AT_class (a))
8815 case dw_val_class_addr:
8816 output_attr_index_or_value (a);
8819 case dw_val_class_offset:
8820 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
8824 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8825 output_range_list_offset (a);
8828 case dw_val_class_loc:
8829 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
8831 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8832 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8833 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
8835 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
8837 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a), -1);
8840 case dw_val_class_const:
8841 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
8842 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
8843 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
8844 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
8847 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8849 int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
8850 if (dwarf_version == 3
8851 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
8853 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
8855 dw2_asm_output_data (csize, AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
8859 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8861 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
8863 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
8864 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
8865 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
8866 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8869 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
8871 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
8872 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
8876 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
8877 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
8880 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8882 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8887 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
8890 int len = get_full_len (*a->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide);
8891 int l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
8892 if (len * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 64)
8893 dw2_asm_output_data (1, get_full_len (*a->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide) * l,
8896 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
8897 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
8899 dw2_asm_output_data (l, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide->elt (i),
8904 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
8906 dw2_asm_output_data (l, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_wide->elt (i),
8913 case dw_val_class_vec:
8915 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
8916 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
8920 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
8921 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
8922 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
8927 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
8930 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
8931 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
8935 case dw_val_class_flag:
8936 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8938 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8939 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8940 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8941 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8942 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8943 the same abbrev entry. */
8944 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
8946 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
8947 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
8950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
8953 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8954 output_attr_index_or_value (a);
8957 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8958 if (AT_ref_external (a))
8960 if (AT_ref (a)->comdat_type_p)
8962 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
8963 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
8965 gcc_assert (type_node);
8966 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
8970 const char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
8974 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
8975 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
8977 if (dwarf_version == 2)
8978 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8980 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8981 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
8987 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8988 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
8993 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8997 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
8998 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
8999 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
9004 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
9005 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA
9006 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
9007 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a),
9010 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
9011 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a),
9016 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9017 output_attr_index_or_value (a);
9020 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9021 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
9022 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
9025 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9026 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
9027 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
9030 case dw_val_class_str:
9031 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->form == DW_FORM_strp)
9032 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
9033 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
9035 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
9036 else if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index)
9037 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a),
9038 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
9040 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
9043 case dw_val_class_file:
9045 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
9047 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
9048 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
9052 case dw_val_class_data8:
9056 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
9057 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
9058 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
9062 case dw_val_class_high_pc:
9063 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
9064 get_AT_low_pc (die), "DW_AT_high_pc");
9072 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
9074 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
9075 if (die->die_child != NULL)
9076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
9077 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
9080 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
9081 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
9084 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
9086 /* We don't support actual DWARFv5 units yet, we just use some
9087 DWARFv5 draft DIE tags in DWARFv4 format. */
9088 int ver = dwarf_version < 5 ? dwarf_version : 4;
9090 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
9091 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9092 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9093 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
9094 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
9095 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
9096 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
9097 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
9098 debug_abbrev_section,
9099 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
9100 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
9103 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
9106 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
9108 const char *secname, *oldsym;
9111 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
9112 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
9115 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
9116 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
9117 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
9118 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
9119 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
9122 external_ref_hash_type *extern_map = optimize_external_refs (die);
9124 build_abbrev_table (die, extern_map);
9128 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
9129 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
9130 calc_die_sizes (die);
9132 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
9135 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
9137 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
9139 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
9140 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
9144 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
9145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
9146 info_section_emitted = true;
9149 /* Output debugging information. */
9150 output_compilation_unit_header ();
9153 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
9158 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
9162 /* Whether to generate the DWARF accelerator tables in .debug_pubnames
9163 and .debug_pubtypes. This is configured per-target, but can be
9164 overridden by the -gpubnames or -gno-pubnames options. */
9167 want_pubnames (void)
9169 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9171 if (debug_generate_pub_sections != -1)
9172 return debug_generate_pub_sections;
9173 return targetm.want_debug_pub_sections;
9176 /* Add the DW_AT_GNU_pubnames and DW_AT_GNU_pubtypes attributes. */
9179 add_AT_pubnames (dw_die_ref die)
9181 if (want_pubnames ())
9182 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_GNU_pubnames, 1);
9185 /* Add a string attribute value to a skeleton DIE. */
9188 add_skeleton_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9192 struct indirect_string_node *node;
9194 if (! skeleton_debug_str_hash)
9195 skeleton_debug_str_hash
9196 = hash_table<indirect_string_hasher>::create_ggc (10);
9198 node = find_AT_string_in_table (str, skeleton_debug_str_hash);
9199 find_string_form (node);
9200 if (node->form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index)
9201 node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
9203 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
9204 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
9205 attr.dw_attr_val.val_entry = NULL;
9206 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
9207 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
9210 /* Helper function to generate top-level dies for skeleton debug_info and
9214 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (dw_die_ref die)
9216 const char *dwo_file_name = concat (aux_base_name, ".dwo", NULL);
9217 const char *comp_dir = comp_dir_string ();
9219 add_skeleton_AT_string (die, DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name, dwo_file_name);
9220 if (comp_dir != NULL)
9221 add_skeleton_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, comp_dir);
9222 add_AT_pubnames (die);
9223 add_AT_lineptr (die, DW_AT_GNU_addr_base, debug_addr_section_label);
9226 /* Output skeleton debug sections that point to the dwo file. */
9229 output_skeleton_debug_sections (dw_die_ref comp_unit)
9231 /* We don't support actual DWARFv5 units yet, we just use some
9232 DWARFv5 draft DIE tags in DWARFv4 format. */
9233 int ver = dwarf_version < 5 ? dwarf_version : 4;
9235 /* These attributes will be found in the full debug_info section. */
9236 remove_AT (comp_unit, DW_AT_producer);
9237 remove_AT (comp_unit, DW_AT_language);
9239 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_info_section);
9240 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_skeleton_info_section_label);
9242 /* Produce the skeleton compilation-unit header. This one differs enough from
9243 a normal CU header that it's better not to call output_compilation_unit
9245 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
9246 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9247 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9249 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
9250 DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
9251 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
9252 + size_of_die (comp_unit),
9253 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
9254 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
9255 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label,
9256 debug_abbrev_section,
9257 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
9258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
9260 comp_unit->die_abbrev = SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV;
9261 output_die (comp_unit);
9263 /* Build the skeleton debug_abbrev section. */
9264 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section);
9265 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label);
9267 output_die_abbrevs (SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV, comp_unit);
9269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of skeleton .debug_abbrev");
9272 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
9275 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
9277 const char *secname;
9280 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
9284 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
9285 mark_dies (node->root_die);
9287 external_ref_hash_type *extern_map = optimize_external_refs (node->root_die);
9289 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die, extern_map);
9294 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
9295 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
9296 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
9298 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
9299 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info)
9300 secname = ".debug_types";
9302 secname = ".debug_types.dwo";
9304 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
9305 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
9306 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
9307 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
9308 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
9309 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
9310 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
9313 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
9314 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
9315 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
9316 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
9318 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
9321 /* Output debugging information. */
9322 output_compilation_unit_header ();
9323 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
9324 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
9325 "Offset to Type DIE");
9326 output_die (node->root_die);
9328 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
9331 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
9334 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
9336 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl))
9338 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
9341 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
9344 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
9349 e.name = xstrdup (str);
9350 vec_safe_push (pubname_table, e);
9354 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
9356 if (!want_pubnames ())
9359 /* Don't add items to the table when we expect that the consumer will have
9360 just read the enclosing die. For example, if the consumer is looking at a
9361 class_member, it will either be inside the class already, or will have just
9362 looked up the class to find the member. Either way, searching the class is
9363 faster than searching the index. */
9364 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !class_scope_p (die->die_parent))
9365 || is_cu_die (die->die_parent) || is_namespace_die (die->die_parent))
9367 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
9370 add_pubname_string (name, die);
9374 /* Add an enumerator to the pubnames section. */
9377 add_enumerator_pubname (const char *scope_name, dw_die_ref die)
9381 gcc_assert (scope_name);
9382 e.name = concat (scope_name, get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name), NULL);
9384 vec_safe_push (pubname_table, e);
9387 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
9390 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
9394 if (!want_pubnames ())
9397 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
9398 || is_cu_die (die->die_parent) || is_namespace_die (die->die_parent))
9399 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
9402 const char *scope_name = "";
9403 const char *sep = is_cxx () ? "::" : ".";
9406 scope = TYPE_P (decl) ? TYPE_CONTEXT (decl) : NULL;
9407 if (scope && TREE_CODE (scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
9409 scope_name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (scope, 1);
9410 if (scope_name != NULL && scope_name[0] != '\0')
9411 scope_name = concat (scope_name, sep, NULL);
9417 name = type_tag (decl);
9419 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, 1);
9421 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
9423 if (name != NULL && name[0] != '\0')
9426 e.name = concat (scope_name, name, NULL);
9427 vec_safe_push (pubtype_table, e);
9430 /* Although it might be more consistent to add the pubinfo for the
9431 enumerators as their dies are created, they should only be added if the
9432 enum type meets the criteria above. So rather than re-check the parent
9433 enum type whenever an enumerator die is created, just output them all
9434 here. This isn't protected by the name conditional because anonymous
9435 enums don't have names. */
9436 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_enumeration_type)
9440 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_enumerator_pubname (scope_name, c));
9445 /* Output a single entry in the pubnames table. */
9448 output_pubname (dw_offset die_offset, pubname_entry *entry)
9450 dw_die_ref die = entry->die;
9451 int is_static = get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_external) ? 0 : 1;
9453 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, die_offset, "DIE offset");
9455 if (debug_generate_pub_sections == 2)
9457 /* This logic follows gdb's method for determining the value of the flag
9459 uint32_t flags = GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_NONE;
9460 switch (die->die_tag)
9462 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9463 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9464 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9465 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE);
9466 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags, 1);
9468 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
9469 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags,
9470 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE);
9471 if (!is_cxx () && !is_java ())
9472 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags, 1);
9474 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
9475 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags,
9476 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_FUNCTION);
9478 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags, is_static);
9480 case DW_TAG_constant:
9481 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags,
9482 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE);
9483 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags, is_static);
9485 case DW_TAG_variable:
9486 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags,
9487 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE);
9488 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags, is_static);
9490 case DW_TAG_namespace:
9491 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
9492 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE);
9494 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9495 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9496 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9497 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9498 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9499 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE);
9500 if (!is_cxx () && !is_java ())
9501 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags, 1);
9504 /* An unusual tag. Leave the flag-byte empty. */
9507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, flags >> GDB_INDEX_CU_BITSIZE,
9511 dw2_asm_output_nstring (entry->name, -1, "external name");
9515 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
9516 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
9519 output_pubnames (vec<pubname_entry, va_gc> *names)
9522 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
9525 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
9526 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9527 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9528 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length, "Pub Info Length");
9530 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is independent of dwarf version. */
9531 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
9533 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
9534 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_skeleton_info_section_label,
9535 debug_skeleton_info_section,
9536 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9538 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
9540 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9541 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
9542 "Compilation Unit Length");
9544 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names, i, pub)
9546 if (include_pubname_in_output (names, pub))
9548 dw_offset die_offset = pub->die->die_offset;
9550 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
9551 if (names == pubname_table && pub->die->die_tag != DW_TAG_enumerator)
9552 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
9554 /* If we're putting types in their own .debug_types sections,
9555 the .debug_pubtypes table will still point to the compile
9556 unit (not the type unit), so we want to use the offset of
9557 the skeleton DIE (if there is one). */
9558 if (pub->die->comdat_type_p && names == pubtype_table)
9560 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = pub->die->die_id.die_type_node;
9562 if (type_node != NULL)
9563 die_offset = (type_node->skeleton_die != NULL
9564 ? type_node->skeleton_die->die_offset
9565 : comp_unit_die ()->die_offset);
9568 output_pubname (die_offset, pub);
9572 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
9575 /* Output public names and types tables if necessary. */
9578 output_pubtables (void)
9580 if (!want_pubnames () || !info_section_emitted)
9583 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
9584 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
9585 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
9586 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
9587 simply won't look for the section. */
9588 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
9589 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
9593 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
9594 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
9595 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
9598 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length)
9602 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
9603 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9604 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9605 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
9606 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
9607 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even up to DWARF5. */
9608 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
9609 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
9610 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_skeleton_info_section_label,
9611 debug_skeleton_info_section,
9612 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9614 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
9616 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9617 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
9618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
9620 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
9621 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
9623 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
9625 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
9626 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
9627 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
9628 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
9631 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
9632 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
9633 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
9634 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
9635 confused with the terminator. */
9636 if (text_section_used)
9638 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
9639 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
9640 text_section_label, "Length");
9642 if (cold_text_section_used)
9644 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
9646 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
9647 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
9650 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
9655 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
9657 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde->decl))
9659 if (!fde->in_std_section)
9661 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
9663 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_end,
9664 fde->dw_fde_begin, "Length");
9666 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
9668 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
9670 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_end,
9671 fde->dw_fde_second_begin, "Length");
9676 /* Output the terminator words. */
9677 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
9678 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
9681 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
9685 add_ranges_num (int num)
9687 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
9689 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
9691 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9692 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
9693 ranges_table_allocated);
9694 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
9695 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
9698 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
9699 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
9701 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9704 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
9705 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
9708 add_ranges (const_tree block)
9710 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
9713 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of labels.
9714 When using dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined
9715 for the final executable should be direct references--setting the
9716 parameter force_direct ensures this behavior. */
9719 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
9720 bool *added, bool force_direct)
9722 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
9723 unsigned int offset;
9725 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
9727 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9728 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
9730 ranges_by_label_allocated);
9731 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
9732 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
9733 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
9736 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
9737 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
9738 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
9740 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
9743 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset, force_direct);
9749 output_ranges (void)
9752 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
9753 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
9755 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
9757 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
9761 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9762 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9764 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
9765 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
9767 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
9768 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
9769 base of the text section. */
9770 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
9772 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
9774 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
9775 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
9776 text_section_label, NULL);
9779 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
9780 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
9781 about whether the target supports cross-section
9785 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
9786 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
9787 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
9793 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
9794 else if (block_num < 0)
9796 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
9798 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
9802 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
9803 function section, all we have to do is to take out
9805 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9806 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
9808 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
9809 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9810 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
9811 text_section_label, NULL);
9816 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9817 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
9818 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
9819 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9820 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
9826 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
9827 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
9833 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
9836 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
9837 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
9838 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
9839 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
9840 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
9843 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
9847 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
9848 int length; /* Path length. */
9849 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
9850 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
9851 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
9854 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
9855 the directories in the path. */
9858 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9860 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
9861 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
9862 const unsigned char *cp1;
9863 const unsigned char *cp2;
9865 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
9866 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
9867 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
9868 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
9869 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
9870 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
9871 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
9873 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
9874 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
9880 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
9881 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
9882 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
9883 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
9884 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
9886 /* Character of current path component the same? */
9887 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
9892 struct file_name_acquire_data
9894 struct file_info *files;
9899 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
9902 file_name_acquire (dwarf_file_data **slot, file_name_acquire_data *fnad)
9904 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
9905 struct file_info *fi;
9908 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
9910 if (! d->emitted_number)
9913 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
9915 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
9917 /* Skip all leading "./". */
9919 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
9922 /* Create a new array entry. */
9924 fi->length = strlen (f);
9927 /* Search for the file name part. */
9928 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
9929 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
9931 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
9935 if (f == NULL || f < g)
9941 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
9945 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
9946 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
9947 slowdowns with many input files. */
9950 output_file_names (void)
9952 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
9954 struct file_info *files;
9955 struct dir_info *dirs;
9963 if (!last_emitted_file)
9965 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9970 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
9972 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
9973 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
9974 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
9977 fnad.used_files = 0;
9978 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
9979 file_table->traverse<file_name_acquire_data *, file_name_acquire> (&fnad);
9980 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
9982 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
9984 /* Find all the different directories used. */
9985 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
9986 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
9987 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
9989 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
9990 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
9993 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
9994 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
9995 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
9996 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
9998 /* Same directory as last entry. */
9999 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
10000 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
10006 /* This is a new directory. */
10007 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
10008 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
10009 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
10010 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
10011 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
10013 /* Search for a prefix. */
10014 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
10015 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
10016 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
10017 && dirs[j].length > 1
10018 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
10019 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
10020 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
10021 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
10026 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
10027 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
10028 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
10029 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
10030 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
10031 results in most cases and never is much off. */
10032 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
10033 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
10035 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
10036 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
10041 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
10042 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
10043 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
10044 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
10046 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
10049 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
10051 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
10055 k = dirs[j].prefix;
10056 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
10057 k = dirs[k].prefix;
10061 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
10062 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
10064 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
10065 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
10070 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
10072 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
10074 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
10075 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
10076 if (savehere[j] > 0)
10078 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
10079 saved[j] = savehere[j];
10081 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
10082 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
10087 /* Emit the directory name table. */
10088 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
10089 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
10090 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
10092 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
10093 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
10095 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
10097 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
10098 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
10099 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
10100 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
10101 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
10102 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
10104 /* Now write all the file names. */
10105 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
10107 int file_idx = backmap[i];
10108 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
10110 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10111 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
10113 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
10114 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
10119 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
10120 + dirs[dir_idx].length
10121 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
10122 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
10124 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
10125 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
10126 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
10128 dw2_asm_output_nstring
10129 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
10131 /* Include directory index. */
10132 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
10134 /* Modification time. */
10135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
10136 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
10140 /* File length in bytes. */
10141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
10142 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
10146 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
10147 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
10149 /* Include directory index. */
10150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
10152 /* Modification time. */
10153 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
10155 /* File length in bytes. */
10156 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
10157 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
10160 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
10164 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
10167 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table *table)
10169 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10170 unsigned int current_line = 1;
10171 bool current_is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
10172 dw_line_info_entry *ent;
10175 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (table->entries, i, ent)
10177 switch (ent->opcode)
10179 case LI_set_address:
10180 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
10181 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
10182 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
10183 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
10184 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
10185 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
10186 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, ent->val);
10188 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
10189 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
10190 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label);
10191 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
10192 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
10193 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
10197 if (ent->val == current_line)
10199 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
10200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy,
10201 "copy line %u", current_line);
10205 int line_offset = ent->val - current_line;
10206 int line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
10208 current_line = ent->val;
10209 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
10211 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
10212 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
10213 This takes 1 byte. */
10214 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
10215 "line %u", current_line);
10219 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
10220 depending on the value being encoded. */
10221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
10222 "advance to line %u", current_line);
10223 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
10224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, NULL);
10230 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "set file %u", ent->val);
10231 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
10234 case LI_set_column:
10235 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column, "column %u", ent->val);
10236 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
10239 case LI_negate_stmt:
10240 current_is_stmt = !current_is_stmt;
10241 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt,
10242 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt);
10245 case LI_set_prologue_end:
10246 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end,
10247 "set prologue end");
10250 case LI_set_epilogue_begin:
10251 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin,
10252 "set epilogue begin");
10255 case LI_set_discriminator:
10256 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent->val);
10257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent->val), NULL);
10258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator, NULL);
10259 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, NULL);
10264 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
10265 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table->end_label);
10266 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
10267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
10268 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, table->end_label, NULL);
10270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
10271 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
10272 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
10275 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
10276 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
10279 output_line_info (bool prologue_only)
10281 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
10282 /* We don't support DWARFv5 line tables yet. */
10283 int ver = dwarf_version < 5 ? dwarf_version : 4;
10284 bool saw_one = false;
10287 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
10288 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
10289 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
10290 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
10292 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10293 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10294 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10295 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
10296 "Length of Source Line Info");
10297 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
10299 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
10300 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
10301 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
10303 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
10304 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
10305 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
10306 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
10307 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
10308 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
10309 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
10310 and don't let the target override. */
10311 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
10314 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
10315 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
10316 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
10317 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
10318 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
10319 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
10320 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
10321 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
10322 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
10323 "Special Opcode Base");
10325 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
10330 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
10331 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
10332 case DW_LNS_set_file:
10333 case DW_LNS_set_column:
10334 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
10335 case DW_LNS_set_isa:
10343 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
10347 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
10348 output_file_names ();
10349 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
10352 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
10353 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
10357 if (separate_line_info)
10359 dw_line_info_table *table;
10362 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*separate_line_info, i, table)
10365 output_one_line_info_table (table);
10369 if (cold_text_section_line_info && cold_text_section_line_info->in_use)
10371 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info);
10375 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
10376 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
10377 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
10378 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
10379 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
10380 if (text_section_line_info->in_use || !saw_one)
10381 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info);
10383 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
10384 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
10387 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
10388 a DIE that describes the given type.
10390 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
10391 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
10394 base_type_die (tree type)
10396 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
10397 enum dwarf_type encoding;
10399 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
10402 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
10403 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
10404 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
10405 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10407 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10410 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
10411 && TYPE_NAME (type)
10412 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10413 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
10414 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10416 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
10417 if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
10418 || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
10420 encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
10424 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
10426 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
10427 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
10429 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
10431 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
10432 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
10434 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
10438 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
10440 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
10441 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
10443 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
10446 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
10449 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
10450 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
10451 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
10452 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
10453 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
10455 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
10458 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
10459 a user defined type for it. */
10461 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
10462 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
10464 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
10468 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
10469 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
10473 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
10474 gcc_unreachable ();
10477 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
10479 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
10480 int_size_in_bytes (type));
10481 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
10482 add_pubtype (type, base_type_result);
10484 return base_type_result;
10487 /* A C++ function with deduced return type can have a TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM
10488 named 'auto' in its type: return true for it, false otherwise. */
10491 is_cxx_auto (tree type)
10495 tree name = TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type);
10496 if (name == get_identifier ("auto")
10497 || name == get_identifier ("decltype(auto)"))
10503 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
10504 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
10507 is_base_type (tree type)
10509 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10515 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
10518 case POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE:
10524 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10525 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10526 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
10529 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
10537 if (is_cxx_auto (type))
10539 gcc_unreachable ();
10545 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
10546 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
10547 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
10548 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
10549 ERROR_MARK node. */
10551 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
10552 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
10554 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
10555 return BITS_PER_WORD;
10556 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
10558 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE (type)))
10559 return tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (type));
10561 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
10564 /* Similarly, but return an offset_int instead of UHWI. */
10566 static inline offset_int
10567 offset_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
10569 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
10570 return BITS_PER_WORD;
10571 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
10573 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
10574 return wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE (type));
10576 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
10579 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
10580 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
10583 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
10585 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10586 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
10588 if (context_die == NULL)
10589 context_die = comp_unit_die ();
10591 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
10593 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
10595 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
10596 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
10597 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
10601 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low, NULL);
10603 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high, NULL);
10605 return subrange_die;
10608 /* Returns the (const and/or volatile) cv_qualifiers associated with
10609 the decl node. This will normally be augmented with the
10610 cv_qualifiers of the underlying type in add_type_attribute. */
10613 decl_quals (const_tree decl)
10615 return ((TREE_READONLY (decl)
10616 ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : TYPE_UNQUALIFIED)
10617 | (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
10618 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : TYPE_UNQUALIFIED));
10621 /* Determine the TYPE whose qualifiers match the largest strict subset
10622 of the given TYPE_QUALS, and return its qualifiers. Ignore all
10623 qualifiers outside QUAL_MASK. */
10626 get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (tree type, int type_quals, int qual_mask)
10629 int best_rank = 0, best_qual = 0, max_rank;
10631 type_quals &= qual_mask;
10632 max_rank = popcount_hwi (type_quals) - 1;
10634 for (t = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); t && best_rank < max_rank;
10635 t = TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t))
10637 int q = TYPE_QUALS (t) & qual_mask;
10639 if ((q & type_quals) == q && q != type_quals
10640 && check_base_type (t, type))
10642 int rank = popcount_hwi (q);
10644 if (rank > best_rank)
10655 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
10656 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
10659 modified_type_die (tree type, int cv_quals, dw_die_ref context_die)
10661 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10662 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
10663 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
10664 tree item_type = NULL;
10665 tree qualified_type;
10666 tree name, low, high;
10667 dw_die_ref mod_scope;
10668 /* Only these cv-qualifiers are currently handled. */
10669 const int cv_qual_mask = (TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
10670 | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT | TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC);
10672 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
10675 cv_quals &= cv_qual_mask;
10677 /* Don't emit DW_TAG_restrict_type for DWARFv2, since it is a type
10678 tag modifier (and not an attribute) old consumers won't be able
10680 if (dwarf_version < 3)
10681 cv_quals &= ~TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT;
10683 /* Likewise for DW_TAG_atomic_type for DWARFv5. */
10684 if (dwarf_version < 5)
10685 cv_quals &= ~TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC;
10687 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
10689 qualified_type = get_qualified_type (type, cv_quals);
10691 if (qualified_type == sizetype
10692 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
10693 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
10695 tree t = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
10697 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE
10698 && TYPE_PRECISION (t)
10699 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
10700 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)
10701 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
10702 qualified_type = t;
10705 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
10706 if (qualified_type)
10708 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
10710 return mod_type_die;
10713 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
10715 /* Handle C typedef types. */
10716 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
10717 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
10719 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
10721 if (qualified_type == dtype)
10723 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
10724 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
10725 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
10729 int dquals = TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (dtype);
10730 dquals &= cv_qual_mask;
10731 if ((dquals & ~cv_quals) != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
10732 || (cv_quals == dquals && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
10733 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use
10734 the unnamed type to which it refers. */
10735 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
10736 cv_quals, context_die);
10737 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
10741 mod_scope = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10745 struct qual_info { int q; enum dwarf_tag t; };
10746 static const struct qual_info qual_info[] =
10748 { TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC, DW_TAG_atomic_type },
10749 { TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT, DW_TAG_restrict_type },
10750 { TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE, DW_TAG_volatile_type },
10751 { TYPE_QUAL_CONST, DW_TAG_const_type },
10756 /* Determine a lesser qualified type that most closely matches
10757 this one. Then generate DW_TAG_* entries for the remaining
10759 sub_quals = get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (type, cv_quals,
10761 mod_type_die = modified_type_die (type, sub_quals, context_die);
10763 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (qual_info) / sizeof (qual_info[0]); i++)
10764 if (qual_info[i].q & cv_quals & ~sub_quals)
10766 dw_die_ref d = new_die (qual_info[i].t, mod_scope, type);
10768 add_AT_die_ref (d, DW_AT_type, mod_type_die);
10772 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
10774 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, mod_scope, type);
10775 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
10776 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
10777 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10778 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
10779 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
10780 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
10782 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
10784 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
10785 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, mod_scope,
10788 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, mod_scope, type);
10789 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
10790 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
10791 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10792 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
10793 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
10794 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
10796 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
10797 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
10798 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
10800 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
10801 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10803 else if (is_base_type (type))
10804 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
10807 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10809 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
10810 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
10811 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
10812 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
10813 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
10815 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
10816 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
10818 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
10819 not the main variant. */
10820 return lookup_type_die (type);
10823 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
10824 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
10825 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
10826 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
10827 if the base type already has the same name. */
10829 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
10830 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
10831 || (cv_quals == TYPE_UNQUALIFIED)))
10832 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
10833 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
10834 && DECL_NAME (name))))
10836 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
10837 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
10838 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
10839 useful source coordinates anyway. */
10840 name = DECL_NAME (name);
10841 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
10843 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
10844 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
10846 name = TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type);
10847 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die,
10848 name ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name) : "__unknown__");
10851 if (qualified_type)
10852 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
10855 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
10856 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
10857 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
10858 types are possible in Ada. */
10859 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
10860 TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (item_type),
10863 if (sub_die != NULL)
10864 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
10866 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die, type, context_die);
10867 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
10868 add_AT_flag (mod_type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10870 return mod_type_die;
10873 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
10874 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
10875 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
10878 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
10882 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
10885 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
10889 die = lookup_type_die (t);
10890 else if (DECL_P (t))
10891 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
10895 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
10897 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
10898 or function. End of story. */
10901 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
10902 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
10903 if (TREE_CHAIN (args) && TREE_CODE (TREE_CHAIN (args)) == INTEGER_CST)
10904 non_default = int_cst_value (TREE_CHAIN (args));
10906 non_default = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (args);
10907 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
10909 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
10910 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10912 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
10913 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
10914 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
10915 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
10917 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
10919 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
10920 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
10921 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
10922 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
10923 an argument pack. */
10924 if (arg_pack_elems)
10925 parm_die = template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
10929 parm_die = generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
10930 true /* emit name */, die);
10931 if (i >= non_default)
10932 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_default_value, 1);
10937 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
10938 the representation of a generic type parameter.
10939 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
10940 ARG is the argument to PARM.
10941 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
10943 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
10944 as a child node. */
10947 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
10949 dw_die_ref parent_die)
10951 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
10952 const char *name = NULL;
10954 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
10957 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
10958 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
10959 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
10961 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10962 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
10963 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
10964 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
10965 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
10966 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
10967 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
10968 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
10969 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
10970 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
10971 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
10972 name of the template template argument. */
10973 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
10976 gcc_unreachable ();
10982 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
10983 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
10984 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
10985 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
10989 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
10991 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
10994 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
10996 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
10997 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
10998 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
10999 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
11000 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
11001 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
11002 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type,
11003 (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type)
11004 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : TYPE_UNQUALIFIED),
11009 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
11010 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
11011 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
11013 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
11014 to the name of the argument. */
11015 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
11017 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
11020 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11021 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
11022 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
11023 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
11025 We must be careful here:
11026 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
11027 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
11028 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
11029 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
11030 emitted after cgraph computations.
11031 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
11032 after cgraph is ready. */
11033 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
11039 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
11040 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
11041 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
11044 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
11045 tree parm_pack_args,
11046 dw_die_ref parent_die)
11051 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
11053 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
11054 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
11055 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
11056 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
11057 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
11058 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
11063 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
11064 an enumerated type. */
11067 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
11069 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
11072 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
11074 static unsigned int
11075 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
11077 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
11079 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
11081 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
11082 if (crtl->uses_only_leaf_regs)
11084 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
11085 if (leaf_reg != -1)
11086 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
11090 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
11091 gcc_assert (regno != INVALID_REGNUM);
11095 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
11096 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
11097 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
11100 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
11102 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11104 if (*list_head != NULL)
11106 /* Find the end of the chain. */
11107 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
11110 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
11111 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
11115 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
11116 zero if there is none. */
11118 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11119 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
11123 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
11126 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
11127 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
11128 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
11129 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
11130 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
11131 if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
11132 && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
11134 dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
11136 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
11138 result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, GET_MODE (rtl), VOIDmode,
11141 add_loc_descr (&result,
11142 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
11147 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
11149 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
11150 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
11153 unsigned int dbx_regnum = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
11154 if (dbx_regnum == IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM)
11156 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum, initialized);
11160 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
11161 a given hard register number. */
11163 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11164 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
11166 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
11170 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
11172 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
11174 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
11175 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
11177 return reg_loc_descr;
11180 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
11181 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
11183 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11184 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
11185 enum var_init_status initialized)
11188 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
11190 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
11191 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
11193 unsigned reg = REGNO (rtl);
11196 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
11197 if (crtl->uses_only_leaf_regs)
11199 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
11200 if (leaf_reg != -1)
11201 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
11205 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
11206 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
11208 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
11213 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
11215 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
11216 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11217 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
11218 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
11224 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
11226 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
11228 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
11231 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
11233 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
11235 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
11236 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11237 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
11238 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
11241 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
11242 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
11246 static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
11248 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
11249 as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
11252 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11253 int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
11255 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift);
11256 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11257 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11261 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
11263 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11264 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
11266 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
11268 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
11269 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
11272 int clz = clz_hwi (i);
11273 int ctz = ctz_hwi (i);
11275 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
11276 else if (i <= 0xff)
11277 op = DW_OP_const1u;
11278 else if (i <= 0xffff)
11279 op = DW_OP_const2u;
11280 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
11281 && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11282 /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
11283 DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
11284 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
11285 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 5);
11286 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
11287 && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11288 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
11289 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
11290 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
11291 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
11292 op = DW_OP_const4u;
11293 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
11294 && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11295 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
11296 while DW_OP_constu of constant >= 0x100000000 takes at least
11298 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
11299 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
11300 && clz + 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
11301 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11302 /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
11303 DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes,
11304 while DW_OP_constu takes in this case at least 6 bytes. */
11305 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 16);
11306 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
11307 && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11308 && size_of_uleb128 (i) > 6)
11309 /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
11310 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 32);
11317 op = DW_OP_const1s;
11318 else if (i >= -0x8000)
11319 op = DW_OP_const2s;
11320 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
11322 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i) < 5)
11324 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
11325 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
11328 op = DW_OP_const4s;
11332 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i)
11333 < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i))
11335 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
11336 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
11343 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
11346 /* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
11347 without actually allocating it. */
11349 static unsigned long
11350 size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
11352 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift)
11353 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift)
11357 /* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
11358 actually allocating it. */
11360 static unsigned long
11361 size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
11370 else if (i <= 0xff)
11372 else if (i <= 0xffff)
11376 if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
11377 && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11378 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11380 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
11381 && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11382 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11384 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
11386 s = size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
11387 if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
11388 && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11389 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11391 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
11392 && clz + 16 + (s > 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11393 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11395 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
11396 && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11398 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11407 else if (i >= -0x8000)
11409 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
11411 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
11413 s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
11421 unsigned long r = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
11422 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
11424 s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
11433 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
11434 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
11436 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11437 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
11440 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
11442 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
11445 litsize = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i);
11446 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
11447 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
11448 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
11449 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
11450 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
11451 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
11453 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
11454 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
11455 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
11459 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
11461 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
11462 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
11466 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
11468 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11469 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
11470 enum var_init_status initialized)
11472 unsigned int regno;
11473 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
11474 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
11476 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
11477 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
11478 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
11479 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
11480 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
11482 rtx elim = (ira_use_lra_p
11483 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX)
11484 : eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX));
11488 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
11490 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
11491 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
11493 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
11494 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
11495 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
11496 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
11497 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
11498 : stack_pointer_rtx));
11500 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
11501 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
11502 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
11503 access stack variables. */
11504 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
11505 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
11508 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
11509 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
11511 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
11514 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid);
11515 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
11516 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
11520 regno = REGNO (reg);
11521 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
11522 if (crtl->uses_only_leaf_regs)
11524 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
11525 if (leaf_reg != -1)
11526 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
11529 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (regno);
11531 if (!optimize && fde
11532 && (fde->drap_reg == regno || fde->vdrap_reg == regno))
11534 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
11535 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
11536 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
11537 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
11538 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
11539 else in other part of the routine. */
11540 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
11544 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
11547 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
11549 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
11550 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
11555 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
11558 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
11560 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
11561 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
11562 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
11563 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
11566 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
11569 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11570 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
11573 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
11575 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem))
11578 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
11580 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
11581 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
11584 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1, NULL);
11585 if (loc_result == NULL)
11588 if (MEM_OFFSET (mem))
11589 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, MEM_OFFSET (mem));
11594 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
11598 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
11600 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
11602 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
11604 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
11607 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
11608 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
11610 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
11614 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output. */
11617 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx rtl)
11619 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
11621 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
11622 we can't express it in the debug info. */
11623 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
11624 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
11625 delegitimize. Note this could be a non-decl SYMBOL_REF such as
11626 one in a constant pool entry, so testing SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL
11627 rather than DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P is not just an optimization. */
11628 if (XVECLEN (rtl, 0) == 0
11629 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
11630 || SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) == TLS_MODEL_NONE)
11631 inform (current_function_decl
11632 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
11633 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
11634 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
11635 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
11636 ((XINT (rtl, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES)
11637 ? unspec_strings[XINT (rtl, 1)] : "unknown"),
11640 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
11644 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
11645 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
11649 if (targetm.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl))
11651 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
11652 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
11656 /* FIXME: Refer to PR60655. It is possible for simplification
11657 of rtl expressions in var tracking to produce such expressions.
11658 We should really identify / validate expressions
11659 enclosed in CONST that can be handled by assemblers on various
11660 targets and only handle legitimate cases here. */
11661 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
11663 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == NOT)
11668 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
11671 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
11672 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
11673 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
11676 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
11677 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
11682 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
11685 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
11686 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
11687 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
11688 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
11689 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
11690 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
11692 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
11694 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
11696 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
11697 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
11705 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
11706 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
11707 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
11710 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
11712 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
11713 return const_ok_for_output_1 (rtl);
11715 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
11717 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array;
11718 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter, array, XEXP (rtl, 0), ALL)
11719 if (!const_ok_for_output_1 (*iter))
11727 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
11728 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
11731 base_type_for_mode (machine_mode mode, bool unsignedp)
11733 dw_die_ref type_die;
11734 tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, unsignedp);
11738 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11746 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11748 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, comp_unit_die ());
11749 if (type_die == NULL || type_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_base_type)
11754 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
11755 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
11756 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
11759 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11760 convert_descriptor_to_mode (machine_mode mode, dw_loc_descr_ref op)
11762 machine_mode outer_mode = mode;
11763 dw_die_ref type_die;
11764 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11766 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11768 add_loc_descr (&op, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0));
11771 type_die = base_type_for_mode (outer_mode, 1);
11772 if (type_die == NULL)
11774 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11775 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11776 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11777 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11778 add_loc_descr (&op, cvt);
11782 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
11784 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11785 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, dw_loc_descr_ref op0,
11786 dw_loc_descr_ref op1)
11788 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = op0;
11789 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
11790 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11791 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
11793 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
11794 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
11799 /* Return location descriptor for signed comparison OP RTL. */
11801 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11802 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
11803 machine_mode mem_mode)
11805 machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
11806 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
11809 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
11810 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
11811 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
11815 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
11816 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
11819 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
11820 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11821 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
11822 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11824 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11827 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
11828 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11829 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11831 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11833 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (op_mode, 0);
11834 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11836 if (type_die == NULL)
11838 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11839 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11840 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11841 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11842 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
11843 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11844 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11845 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11846 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11847 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
11848 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11851 shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
11852 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
11853 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
11854 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
11856 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
11857 for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
11859 for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
11861 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
11862 whether they are zero extended or not. */
11863 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
11864 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
11865 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
11866 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
11867 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
11868 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
11869 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
11870 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
11871 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
11872 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
11873 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11875 /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
11876 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
11877 DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
11880 DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
11881 DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
11882 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
11883 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11884 && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift) + 1
11885 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift)
11886 >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)) + 1
11887 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
11888 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
11890 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)));
11891 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11892 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
11893 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode));
11894 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11897 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11898 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11899 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
11900 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
11903 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11904 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11906 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11909 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
11911 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11912 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
11913 machine_mode mem_mode)
11915 machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
11916 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
11918 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
11919 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
11920 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
11922 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
11925 if (dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11928 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
11929 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11930 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
11931 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11933 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11936 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11938 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
11939 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
11940 for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
11942 for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
11944 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
11945 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
11946 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
11947 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
11948 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
11950 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11951 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11953 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
11954 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
11955 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
11956 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
11957 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
11959 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11960 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11963 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11965 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
11966 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
11967 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
11968 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
11969 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
11970 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
11972 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
11975 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11978 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
11980 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11981 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, machine_mode mode,
11982 machine_mode mem_mode)
11984 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
11985 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret;
11986 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
11989 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11990 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
11993 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11994 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11995 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
11996 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11998 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
12001 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
12002 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12003 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
12004 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
12006 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12008 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
12009 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
12010 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
12011 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
12012 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
12014 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12016 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
12017 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
12018 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
12019 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
12022 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12023 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12025 int shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
12026 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12027 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12028 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12029 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12031 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12032 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12034 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
12035 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
12036 if (type_die == NULL)
12038 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12039 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12040 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12041 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12042 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
12043 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12044 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12045 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12046 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12047 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
12050 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
12055 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
12056 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12057 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
12058 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
12059 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12060 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
12061 add_loc_descr (&ret, drop_node);
12062 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12063 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
12064 if ((GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == SMAX)
12065 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12066 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12067 ret = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, ret);
12071 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
12072 but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
12073 convert back to unsigned. */
12075 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12076 typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl, dw_die_ref type_die,
12077 machine_mode mode, machine_mode mem_mode)
12079 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt, op0, op1;
12081 if (type_die == NULL)
12083 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12084 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12085 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12086 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12087 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
12089 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12090 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12091 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12092 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12093 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
12094 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12095 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12096 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12097 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12098 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
12099 add_loc_descr (&op0, op1);
12100 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12101 return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
12104 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
12105 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
12106 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
12107 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
12109 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
12110 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
12111 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
12112 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
12117 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
12118 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
12119 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
12120 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
12125 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
12126 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
12127 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
12128 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
12132 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12133 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, machine_mode mode,
12134 machine_mode mem_mode)
12136 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
12137 HOST_WIDE_INT valv;
12138 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
12139 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
12140 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump, l3label;
12141 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump, l4label;
12144 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
12145 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode)
12148 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12149 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12153 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ)
12155 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
12156 valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
12158 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS)
12160 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
12161 valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
12162 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
12163 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
12164 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
12165 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
12166 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv), mode, mem_mode,
12167 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12170 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12171 l4jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
12172 add_loc_descr (&ret, l4jump);
12173 l1label = mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS
12174 ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx,
12176 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12177 if (l1label == NULL)
12179 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
12180 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12181 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
12182 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
12183 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != CLZ)
12185 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
12186 msb = GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
12187 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1));
12189 msb = immed_wide_int_const
12190 (wi::set_bit_in_zero (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1,
12191 GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode)), mode);
12192 if (GET_CODE (msb) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (msb) < 0)
12193 tmp = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12194 ? DW_OP_const4u : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
12195 ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu, INTVAL (msb), 0);
12197 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (msb, mode, mem_mode,
12198 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12201 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12202 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
12203 l3jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
12204 add_loc_descr (&ret, l3jump);
12205 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
12206 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12209 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12210 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ
12211 ? DW_OP_shl : DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
12212 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12213 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, 1, 0));
12214 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12215 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
12216 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
12217 l3label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
12218 add_loc_descr (&ret, l3label);
12219 l4label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
12220 add_loc_descr (&ret, l4label);
12221 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12222 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
12223 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12224 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
12225 l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12226 l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l3label;
12227 l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12228 l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l4label;
12232 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
12233 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
12235 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
12236 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
12240 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
12241 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
12244 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12245 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, machine_mode mode,
12246 machine_mode mem_mode)
12248 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
12249 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
12250 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
12252 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
12253 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode)
12256 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12257 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12261 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
12262 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12265 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12266 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12267 l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
12268 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
12269 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
12270 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
12271 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
12272 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
12273 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
12274 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12277 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12278 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
12279 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == POPCOUNT
12280 ? DW_OP_plus : DW_OP_xor, 0, 0));
12281 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12282 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
12283 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12284 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12285 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
12286 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
12287 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
12288 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
12289 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
12290 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12291 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
12292 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12293 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
12297 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
12299 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
12300 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
12301 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
12302 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
12303 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
12305 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12306 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, machine_mode mode,
12307 machine_mode mem_mode)
12309 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
12310 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
12311 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
12313 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
12314 || BITS_PER_UNIT != 8
12315 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 32
12316 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 64))
12319 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12320 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12325 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
12327 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12330 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12331 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
12332 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12335 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12336 l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0);
12337 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
12338 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
12340 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12341 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12342 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 3, 0));
12343 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
12344 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
12345 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode, mem_mode,
12346 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12349 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12350 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
12351 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0));
12352 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12353 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
12354 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12355 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
12356 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
12357 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12358 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12359 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq, 0, 0));
12360 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
12361 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
12362 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode, mem_mode,
12363 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12364 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
12365 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
12366 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12367 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
12368 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
12369 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
12370 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
12371 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12372 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
12373 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12374 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
12375 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12376 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
12380 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
12381 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
12382 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
12383 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
12385 ROTATERT is similar:
12386 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
12387 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
12388 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
12390 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12391 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, machine_mode mode,
12392 machine_mode mem_mode)
12394 rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12395 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret, mask[2] = { NULL, NULL };
12398 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
12401 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
12402 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
12403 rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
12404 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12405 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12406 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
12407 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12408 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
12410 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12411 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12413 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
12414 mask[i] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode)),
12416 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12417 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
12418 mask[i] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12420 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
12421 ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu,
12422 GET_MODE_MASK (mode), 0);
12425 if (mask[i] == NULL)
12427 add_loc_descr (&mask[i], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
12430 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
12431 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
12432 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
12433 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATERT)
12435 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
12436 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
12437 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
12439 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12440 if (mask[0] != NULL)
12441 add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[0]);
12442 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
12443 if (mask[1] != NULL)
12445 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12446 add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[1]);
12447 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12449 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATE)
12451 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
12452 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
12453 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
12455 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
12456 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
12460 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
12461 for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
12463 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12464 parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl)
12466 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
12471 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL);
12472 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl));
12473 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref, 0, 0);
12476 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12477 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
12478 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12482 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
12483 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl);
12488 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12489 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12490 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12491 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12493 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12494 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12495 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12496 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12498 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
12500 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12501 autoincrement addressing modes.
12503 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12506 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, machine_mode mode,
12507 machine_mode mem_mode,
12508 enum var_init_status initialized)
12510 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12511 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12512 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12513 rtx inner = NULL_RTX;
12515 if (mode == VOIDmode)
12516 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
12518 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12519 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12520 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12521 zeroth element of the array. */
12523 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12525 if (mode != GET_MODE (rtl) && GET_MODE (rtl) != VOIDmode)
12528 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12533 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
12536 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12537 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12538 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12539 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12540 contains the given subreg. */
12541 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12543 inner = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12545 if (inner == NULL_RTX)
12546 inner = XEXP (rtl, 0);
12547 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12548 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (inner)) == MODE_INT
12549 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12550 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12551 || (mode == Pmode && mem_mode != VOIDmode)
12554 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12556 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (inner,
12558 mem_mode, initialized);
12563 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner)))
12565 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner))
12566 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
12567 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (inner)) != MODE_INT))
12571 dw_die_ref type_die;
12572 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
12574 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (inner,
12576 mem_mode, initialized);
12577 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
12579 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
12580 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
12581 if (type_die == NULL)
12583 mem_loc_result = NULL;
12586 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
12587 != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner)))
12588 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12590 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret, 0, 0);
12591 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12592 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12593 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12594 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
12599 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
12600 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12601 && rtl != arg_pointer_rtx
12602 && rtl != frame_pointer_rtx
12603 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12604 && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
12608 dw_die_ref type_die;
12609 unsigned int dbx_regnum;
12613 if (REGNO (rtl) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12615 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
12616 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
12617 if (type_die == NULL)
12620 dbx_regnum = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
12621 if (dbx_regnum == IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM)
12623 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type,
12625 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12626 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12627 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12630 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12631 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12632 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12633 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12634 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12635 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12636 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12637 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12638 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12639 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12640 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12641 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12642 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12643 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12644 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12645 else if (stack_realign_drap
12647 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
12648 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12650 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12651 out, use DRAP instead. */
12652 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
12653 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12659 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
12661 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12662 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12665 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND
12666 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12667 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
12668 < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
12669 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
12670 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
12672 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= 4)
12674 machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
12675 mem_loc_result = op0;
12676 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
12677 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (imode)));
12678 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
12680 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12682 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12683 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
12684 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
12685 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
12689 mem_loc_result = op0;
12690 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12691 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12692 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12693 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12695 else if (!dwarf_strict)
12697 dw_die_ref type_die1, type_die2;
12698 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
12700 type_die1 = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12701 GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND);
12702 if (type_die1 == NULL)
12704 type_die2 = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
12705 if (type_die2 == NULL)
12707 mem_loc_result = op0;
12708 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12709 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12710 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die1;
12711 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12712 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
12713 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12714 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12715 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die2;
12716 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12717 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
12723 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
12724 if (new_rtl != rtl)
12726 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, mem_mode,
12728 if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
12729 return mem_loc_result;
12732 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
12733 get_address_mode (rtl), mode,
12734 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12735 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
12736 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
12737 if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
12739 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12740 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
12742 dw_die_ref type_die;
12743 dw_loc_descr_ref deref;
12748 = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
12749 if (type_die == NULL)
12751 deref = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type,
12752 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
12753 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12754 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12755 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12756 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, deref);
12758 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12759 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
12761 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
12762 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
12763 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
12768 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
12771 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
12772 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
12776 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
12777 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
12778 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12779 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12780 && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
12784 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
12785 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12787 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
12789 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
12790 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
12793 temp = new_addr_loc_descr (rtl, dtprel_true);
12795 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
12796 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
12801 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
12803 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12804 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12810 mem_loc_result = new_addr_loc_descr (rtl, dtprel_false);
12811 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array, rtl);
12817 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
12818 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12819 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
12825 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)))
12827 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
12828 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12829 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
12830 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12833 unsigned int dbx_regnum = dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl));
12834 if (dbx_regnum == IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM)
12836 op0 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum,
12837 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12840 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl))
12841 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), 0)))
12843 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
12844 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12845 if (op0 && op0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg)
12849 gcc_unreachable ();
12852 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value, 0, 0);
12853 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12854 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = op0;
12857 case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF:
12858 mem_loc_result = parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl);
12862 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
12863 PLUS code below. */
12864 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12869 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
12871 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
12872 gen_int_mode (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
12873 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)
12874 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode),
12877 /* ... fall through ... */
12881 if (is_based_loc (rtl)
12882 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12883 || XEXP (rtl, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
12884 || XEXP (rtl, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx)
12885 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
12886 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
12887 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
12888 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12891 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12892 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12893 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
12896 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
12897 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12898 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
12901 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12902 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12905 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12906 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
12907 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
12912 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
12913 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
12924 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12925 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12927 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
12928 base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
12952 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
12954 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12955 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12957 rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12958 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
12959 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1))
12960 < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
12961 rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
12962 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
12963 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12966 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
12969 mem_loc_result = op0;
12970 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12971 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12987 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12988 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12989 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12990 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12992 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
12995 mem_loc_result = op0;
12996 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12997 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13001 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && !dwarf_strict)
13003 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_mod, rtl,
13004 base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
13009 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
13010 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13011 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
13012 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13014 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13017 mem_loc_result = op0;
13018 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13019 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13020 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13021 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13022 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13023 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13027 if (!dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
13029 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13034 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
13035 base_type_for_mode (mode, 1),
13053 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
13054 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13059 mem_loc_result = op0;
13060 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13064 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13065 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
13067 && mem_mode != VOIDmode
13068 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), ptr_mode) == INTVAL (rtl))
13072 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13076 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
13077 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT))
13079 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
13080 machine_mode amode;
13081 if (type_die == NULL)
13083 amode = mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT,
13085 if (INTVAL (rtl) >= 0
13086 && amode != BLKmode
13087 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), amode) == INTVAL (rtl)
13088 /* const DW_OP_GNU_convert <XXX> vs.
13089 DW_OP_GNU_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
13090 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl)) + 1 + 1
13091 < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
13093 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13094 op0 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
13095 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13096 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13097 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13098 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
13099 return mem_loc_result;
13101 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0,
13103 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13104 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13105 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13106 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
13107 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13110 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
13111 = dw_val_class_const_double;
13112 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
13113 = double_int::from_shwi (INTVAL (rtl));
13121 dw_die_ref type_die;
13123 /* Note that if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0, a
13124 CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either a large integer
13125 or a floating-point constant. If TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT != 0,
13126 the value is always a floating point constant.
13128 When it is an integer, a CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13129 the constant requires 2 HWIs to be adequately represented.
13130 We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13131 if (mode == VOIDmode
13132 || (GET_MODE (rtl) == VOIDmode
13133 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT))
13135 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
13136 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
13137 if (type_die == NULL)
13139 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0, 0);
13140 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13141 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13142 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13143 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
13144 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13146 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
13147 = dw_val_class_const_double;
13148 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
13149 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
13154 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13155 unsigned char *array = ggc_vec_alloc<unsigned char> (length);
13157 insert_float (rtl, array);
13158 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13159 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13160 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13161 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13166 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
13169 dw_die_ref type_die;
13171 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
13172 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
13173 if (type_die == NULL)
13175 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0, 0);
13176 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13177 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13178 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13179 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
13180 = dw_val_class_wide_int;
13181 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_wide = ggc_alloc<wide_int> ();
13182 *mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_wide = std::make_pair (rtl, mode);
13187 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq, rtl, mem_mode);
13191 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
13195 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
13199 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
13203 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
13207 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne, rtl, mem_mode);
13211 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
13215 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
13219 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
13223 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
13228 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
13233 mem_loc_result = minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
13238 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13239 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13240 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13241 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13242 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
13243 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
13244 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13245 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13248 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
13249 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13252 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13256 mem_loc_result = op0;
13257 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13258 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13259 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13260 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13262 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13264 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13265 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13267 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13269 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13271 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13272 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13273 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13280 dw_loc_descr_ref op2, bra_node, drop_node;
13281 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13282 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == VOIDmode
13283 ? word_mode : GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
13284 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13285 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
13286 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13287 op2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 2), mode, mem_mode,
13288 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13289 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL || op2 == NULL)
13292 mem_loc_result = op1;
13293 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op2);
13294 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
13295 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13296 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13297 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13298 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13299 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13300 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13301 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13306 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13308 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13313 dw_die_ref type_die;
13314 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
13316 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
13317 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13320 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) == MODE_INT
13321 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FLOAT
13322 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13323 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
13325 type_die = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
13326 GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT);
13327 if (type_die == NULL)
13329 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
13330 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13331 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13332 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13333 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
13335 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FIX);
13336 if (type_die == NULL)
13338 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
13339 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13340 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
13341 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13342 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
13343 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
13344 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FIX
13345 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
13347 op0 = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
13351 mem_loc_result = op0;
13358 mem_loc_result = clz_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
13363 mem_loc_result = popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
13367 mem_loc_result = bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
13372 mem_loc_result = rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
13376 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13377 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13402 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13403 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13405 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13411 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13415 case STRICT_LOW_PART:
13420 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13421 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13426 resolve_one_addr (&rtl);
13430 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13431 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13432 gcc_unreachable ();
13438 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13439 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13441 return mem_loc_result;
13444 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13445 This is typically a complex variable. */
13447 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13448 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13450 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13451 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13452 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13453 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13454 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13456 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13459 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13460 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13462 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13463 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13465 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13466 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13468 return cc_loc_result;
13471 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13474 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13475 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13478 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13479 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13481 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13483 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13484 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13486 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13490 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13491 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13494 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13495 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13497 return cc_loc_result;
13500 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
13501 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
13503 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13504 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
13506 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
13511 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
13512 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL
13513 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == RESULT_DECL);
13514 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl));
13515 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0, offset);
13516 ret->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13519 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
13520 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
13521 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
13525 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
13526 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl);
13531 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13532 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13533 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13534 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13535 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13537 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13538 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13539 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13541 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13543 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13544 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, machine_mode mode,
13545 enum var_init_status initialized)
13547 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13549 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13552 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13553 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13554 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13555 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13556 contains the given subreg. */
13557 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13558 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
13559 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)), initialized);
13565 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13569 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
13570 GET_MODE (rtl), initialized);
13571 if (loc_result == NULL)
13572 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13573 if (loc_result == NULL)
13575 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13576 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13577 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13582 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13587 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13592 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
13594 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
13595 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13596 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
13597 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
13601 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13606 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13607 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13611 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13612 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13613 VOIDmode, initialized);
13614 if (loc_result == NULL)
13616 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13617 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13618 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13620 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13622 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13623 VOIDmode, initialized);
13626 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13627 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13628 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13634 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13635 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13640 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13641 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13643 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13645 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13647 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13648 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13649 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13650 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13651 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13652 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13653 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
13654 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13656 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13657 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
13658 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
13663 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13664 unsigned char *array = ggc_vec_alloc<unsigned char> (length);
13666 insert_float (rtl, array);
13667 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13668 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13669 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13670 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13675 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
13676 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13677 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13679 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13681 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13682 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13683 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_wide_int;
13684 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_wide = ggc_alloc<wide_int> ();
13685 *loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_wide = std::make_pair (rtl, mode);
13690 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13691 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13693 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13695 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13696 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13697 unsigned char *array
13698 = ggc_vec_alloc<unsigned char> (length * elt_size);
13701 machine_mode imode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
13703 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13704 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13706 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13707 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13709 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13710 insert_wide_int (std::make_pair (elt, imode), p, elt_size);
13714 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13715 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13717 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13718 insert_float (elt, p);
13723 gcc_unreachable ();
13726 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13727 length * elt_size, 0);
13728 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13729 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13730 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13731 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13736 if (mode == VOIDmode
13737 || CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13738 || CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13739 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13741 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13746 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13749 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13750 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13752 loc_result = new_addr_loc_descr (rtl, dtprel_false);
13753 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13754 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array, rtl);
13758 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
13759 loc_result = implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl, 0);
13763 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
13764 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13767 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13773 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13774 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13775 && dwarf_version >= 4)
13776 || (!dwarf_strict && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode))
13778 /* Value expression. */
13779 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
13781 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13782 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13790 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13791 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13792 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13793 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13794 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13795 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13797 static const char *
13798 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13800 const char *secname;
13802 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl)
13803 && (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_STATIC (decl))
13804 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13805 secname = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13806 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13807 secname = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13808 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13809 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13811 secname = text_section_label;
13816 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13819 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
13821 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
13822 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
13823 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
13826 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13829 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13830 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
13831 enum var_init_status initialized)
13833 int have_address = 0;
13834 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13837 if (want_address != 2)
13839 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
13841 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
13843 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
13844 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
13845 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13846 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
13847 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13849 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13850 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, get_address_mode (varloc),
13851 mode, initialized);
13856 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
13858 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VOIDmode,
13863 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
13870 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
13871 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
13873 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
13874 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
13881 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
13882 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13884 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13886 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13887 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13890 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13893 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
13894 if (want_address && !have_address)
13896 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13897 "Want address and only have value");
13901 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
13902 if (!want_address && have_address)
13904 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13905 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13907 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
13909 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13910 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13913 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13916 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
13918 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
13924 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
13925 if it is not possible. */
13927 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13928 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
13930 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
13931 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
13932 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
13933 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
13938 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13939 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
13941 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13942 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
13945 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT padsize = 0;
13946 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
13947 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
13949 enum var_init_status initialized;
13951 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
13952 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl)))
13955 decl_size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl));
13957 descr_tail = &descr;
13959 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
13961 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
13962 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
13963 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
13964 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
13965 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opsize = 0;
13967 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
13968 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
13970 padsize += bitsize;
13973 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
13974 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
13975 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
13976 if (cur_descr == NULL)
13978 padsize += bitsize;
13982 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
13983 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
13984 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
13985 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
13986 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
13987 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
13989 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
13993 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
13995 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
13999 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
14001 padsize += bitsize;
14002 /* Discard the current piece of the descriptor and release any
14003 addr_table entries it uses. */
14004 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr);
14008 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14009 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14012 if (padsize > decl_size)
14014 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr);
14015 goto discard_descr;
14017 decl_size -= padsize;
14018 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
14019 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14021 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr);
14022 goto discard_descr;
14024 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14027 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
14029 if (bitsize > decl_size)
14030 goto discard_descr;
14031 decl_size -= bitsize;
14034 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
14035 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
14036 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14038 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14039 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14040 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14044 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
14045 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
14046 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
14047 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14048 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
14049 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
14054 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14055 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14056 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14058 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14060 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14061 = MEM_SIZE (varloc) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
14062 if (memsize != bitsize)
14064 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14065 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
14066 goto discard_descr;
14067 if (memsize < bitsize)
14068 goto discard_descr;
14069 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14070 offset = memsize - bitsize;
14074 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
14075 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14076 goto discard_descr;
14077 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14081 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14083 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
14085 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
14086 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14087 goto discard_descr;
14092 /* Discard the descriptor and release any addr_table entries it uses. */
14093 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (descr);
14097 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14098 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14101 static dw_loc_list_ref
14102 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14104 const char *endname, *secname;
14106 enum var_init_status initialized;
14107 struct var_loc_node *node;
14108 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14109 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14110 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14111 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14113 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14114 actually construct the list of locations.
14115 The first location information is what is passed to the
14116 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14117 locations just get added on to that list.
14118 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14119 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14120 the range [current location start, next location start].
14121 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14122 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14124 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14126 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
14127 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
14128 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
14130 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14132 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14133 inside DWARF expressions. */
14134 if (want_address != 2)
14136 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
14142 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
14143 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
14144 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14148 bool range_across_switch = false;
14149 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
14150 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
14151 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
14152 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
14153 of first partition and second one starting at the
14154 beginning of second partition. */
14155 if (node == loc_list->last_before_switch
14156 && (node != loc_list->first || loc_list->first->next)
14157 && current_function_decl)
14159 endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_end;
14160 range_across_switch = true;
14162 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14163 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14164 else if (node->next)
14165 endname = node->next->label;
14166 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14167 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14168 else if (!current_function_decl)
14169 endname = text_end_label;
14172 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14173 current_function_funcdef_no);
14174 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14177 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14178 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
14179 && node == loc_list->first
14180 && NOTE_P (node->loc)
14181 && strcmp (node->label, endname) == 0)
14182 (*listp)->force = true;
14183 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14185 if (range_across_switch)
14187 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14188 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
14191 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
14192 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
14193 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address,
14196 gcc_assert (descr);
14197 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14198 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14200 endname = node->next->label;
14202 endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_end;
14203 *listp = new_loc_list (descr,
14204 cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
14206 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14211 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14212 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14213 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14214 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14215 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14217 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14223 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14224 as location description. */
14227 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14229 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14230 return !list->ll_symbol;
14233 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14236 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14238 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14239 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14240 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14243 copy = ggc_alloc<dw_loc_descr_node> ();
14244 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14245 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14246 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14248 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = ggc_alloc<dw_loc_descr_node> ();
14249 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14250 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14253 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14257 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14258 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14259 to expression in RET on each position in program.
14260 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14262 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14263 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14264 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14265 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14269 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14278 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14280 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14283 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14285 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14289 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14290 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14291 " location lists.\n");
14296 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14297 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14299 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14300 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14302 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14303 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14305 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14310 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14312 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14313 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14315 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14317 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14318 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14321 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
14322 GET_MODE (rtl), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14325 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14326 by looking for inner INDIRECT_REF expression and turning
14327 it into simple arithmetics.
14329 See loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
14331 static dw_loc_list_ref
14332 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev,
14333 const loc_descr_context *context)
14336 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14338 int unsignedp, volatilep = 0;
14339 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14341 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14342 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14343 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14345 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14347 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14350 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14352 expansion_failed (obj,
14353 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14356 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14357 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1,
14360 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14361 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14363 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0, context);
14368 /* Variable offset. */
14369 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0, context);
14370 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14372 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14375 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14376 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14378 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14380 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14381 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14383 else if (bytepos < 0)
14384 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14385 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14386 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14392 /* Helper structure for location descriptions generation. */
14393 struct loc_descr_context
14395 /* The type that is implicitly referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address, or
14396 NULL_TREE if DW_OP_push_object_address in invalid for this location
14397 description. This is used when processing PLACEHOLDER_EXPR nodes. */
14399 /* The ..._DECL node that should be translated as a
14400 DW_OP_push_object_address operation. */
14404 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14405 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14406 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14407 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14408 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14409 to refer to register values).
14411 CONTEXT provides information to customize the location descriptions
14412 generation. Its context_type field specifies what type is implicitly
14413 referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address. If it is NULL_TREE, this operation
14414 will not be generated.
14416 If CONTEXT is NULL, the behavior is the same as if both context_type and
14417 base_decl fields were NULL_TREE. */
14419 static dw_loc_list_ref
14420 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address,
14421 const struct loc_descr_context *context)
14423 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14424 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14425 int have_address = 0;
14426 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14428 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14429 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14432 if (context != NULL
14433 && context->base_decl == loc
14434 && want_address == 0)
14436 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
14437 return new_loc_list (new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0),
14443 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14446 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14449 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14450 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14451 position of other fields. It is supposed to appear only as the first
14452 operand of COMPONENT_REF nodes and to reference precisely the type
14453 that the context allows. */
14454 if (context != NULL
14455 && TREE_TYPE (loc) == context->context_type
14456 && want_address >= 1)
14458 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
14460 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
14468 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14469 "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR for an unexpected type");
14473 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14474 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14477 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14478 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14479 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14480 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14481 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14482 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14486 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14487 e.g. for &this->field. */
14490 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14491 (loc, want_address == 2, context);
14494 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14495 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14498 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14499 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14500 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1, context);
14504 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14510 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14513 enum dwarf_location_atom tls_op;
14514 enum dtprel_bool dtprel = dtprel_false;
14516 if (targetm.have_tls)
14518 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14520 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14523 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14524 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14525 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
14526 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
14527 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
14528 operand shouldn't be. */
14529 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14531 dtprel = dtprel_true;
14532 tls_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14536 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14537 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14539 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
14540 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
14541 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
14542 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
14543 loc = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc);
14544 tls_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14547 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14548 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14553 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14554 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14557 ret = new_addr_loc_descr (rtl, dtprel);
14558 ret1 = new_loc_descr (tls_op, 0, 0);
14559 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14568 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14569 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14570 want_address, context);
14573 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14576 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14578 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14580 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14581 have_address = want_address != 0;
14584 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14585 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14587 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14590 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14592 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14593 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14594 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14595 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14597 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14599 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14602 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14603 ret = new_addr_loc_descr (rtl, dtprel_false);
14606 machine_mode mode, mem_mode;
14608 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14609 if (want_address == 2)
14611 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14612 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14617 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14618 mem_mode = VOIDmode;
14622 mode = get_address_mode (rtl);
14623 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14626 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode,
14627 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14630 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14631 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14637 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)))
14644 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0, context);
14648 case TARGET_MEM_REF:
14650 case DEBUG_EXPR_DECL:
14653 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14654 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address, context);
14657 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14660 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address, context);
14662 case COMPONENT_REF:
14663 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14665 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14666 case REALPART_EXPR:
14667 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14670 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14672 int unsignedp, volatilep = 0;
14674 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14675 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14677 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14679 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14681 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1,
14683 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14684 for nonzero bitpos. */
14687 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14689 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14690 "bitfield access");
14694 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14696 /* Variable offset. */
14697 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0, context);
14698 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14700 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14703 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14706 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14708 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14709 else if (bytepos < 0)
14710 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14717 if ((want_address || !tree_fits_shwi_p (loc))
14718 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14720 else if (want_address == 2
14721 && tree_fits_shwi_p (loc)
14722 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14723 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14724 tree_to_shwi (loc))))
14726 else if (tree_fits_shwi_p (loc))
14727 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_to_shwi (loc));
14730 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14731 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14740 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14743 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14744 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14745 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14748 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14749 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14754 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14759 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14760 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14765 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14766 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14767 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14768 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14769 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14778 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14779 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14780 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14781 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14782 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14787 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0, context);
14788 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0, context);
14789 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14792 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14795 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14796 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14797 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14798 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14799 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14811 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14814 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14817 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)))
14819 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0, context);
14823 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)));
14831 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14838 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14845 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14852 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14867 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0, context);
14868 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0, context);
14869 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14872 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14875 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14878 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14892 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0, context);
14896 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14902 const enum tree_code code =
14903 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14905 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14906 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14907 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14908 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14911 /* ... fall through ... */
14915 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14916 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0, context);
14917 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14918 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0, context);
14919 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14921 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0, context);
14922 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14925 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14926 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14928 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14929 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14930 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14932 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14933 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14934 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14936 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14937 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14938 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14939 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14940 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14944 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14948 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14949 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14950 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14951 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14953 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14954 "language specific tree node");
14958 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14959 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14960 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14961 gcc_unreachable ();
14963 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14964 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14969 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14972 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14973 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14975 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14977 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14978 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14982 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14984 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14985 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14988 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14989 if (want_address && !have_address)
14991 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14992 "Want address and only have value");
14996 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14998 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14999 if (!want_address && have_address)
15001 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15003 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
15005 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15006 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15009 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15012 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
15015 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15017 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15020 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
15025 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15026 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15027 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address,
15028 const struct loc_descr_context *context)
15030 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address, context);
15033 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
15035 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15036 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15042 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15043 which is not less than the value itself. */
15045 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15046 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
15048 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
15051 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15052 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15053 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15054 ERROR_MARK node. */
15057 field_type (const_tree decl)
15061 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15062 return integer_type_node;
15064 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15065 if (type == NULL_TREE)
15066 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15071 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15072 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15073 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15075 static inline unsigned
15076 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
15078 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15081 static inline unsigned
15082 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15084 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15087 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15089 static inline offset_int
15090 round_up_to_align (const offset_int &t, unsigned int align)
15092 return wi::udiv_trunc (t + align - 1, align) * align;
15095 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15096 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15097 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15098 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15099 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15102 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15103 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15105 offset_int object_offset_in_bits;
15106 offset_int object_offset_in_bytes;
15107 offset_int bitpos_int;
15109 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15112 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15114 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15115 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15116 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15117 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST)
15120 bitpos_int = wi::to_offset (bit_position (decl));
15122 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15123 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15126 tree field_size_tree;
15127 offset_int deepest_bitpos;
15128 offset_int field_size_in_bits;
15129 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15130 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15131 offset_int type_size_in_bits;
15133 type = field_type (decl);
15134 type_size_in_bits = offset_int_type_size_in_bits (type);
15135 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15137 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15139 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15140 a flexible array member. */
15141 if (!field_size_tree)
15142 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15144 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15145 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST)
15146 field_size_in_bits = wi::to_offset (field_size_tree);
15148 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15150 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15152 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15153 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15154 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15155 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15156 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15157 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15158 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15159 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15160 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15162 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15164 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15165 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15166 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15167 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15168 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15169 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15170 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15171 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15172 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15173 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15174 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15176 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15177 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15178 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15179 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15180 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15181 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15182 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15183 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15184 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15185 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15188 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15189 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15190 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15191 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15192 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15193 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15194 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15196 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15197 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15198 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15200 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15201 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15203 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15205 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15207 object_offset_in_bits
15208 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15210 if (wi::gtu_p (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int))
15212 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15214 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15215 object_offset_in_bits
15216 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15220 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
15221 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15223 object_offset_in_bytes
15224 = wi::lrshift (object_offset_in_bits, LOG2_BITS_PER_UNIT);
15225 return object_offset_in_bytes.to_shwi ();
15228 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15229 associated with them. */
15231 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15233 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15234 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15235 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15238 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15239 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15243 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15244 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15246 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15249 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
15252 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15254 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
15255 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
15256 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
15257 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
15258 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
15259 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
15261 if (dwarf_version == 2
15262 || die->die_parent == NULL
15263 || die->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
15264 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
15266 else if (dwarf_version > 2
15268 && die->die_parent->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
15269 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
15272 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15273 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15274 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15275 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15276 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15277 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15280 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15281 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15282 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15283 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15284 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15285 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15286 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15287 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15288 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15289 function below.) */
15292 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15294 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15295 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15297 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15299 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15300 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15302 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15303 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15304 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15305 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15307 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15309 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15311 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15313 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15314 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15315 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15317 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15318 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15319 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15321 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15322 offset = tree_to_shwi (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl));
15323 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15325 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15326 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15327 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15328 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15330 /* Extract the offset. */
15331 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15332 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15334 /* Add it to the object address. */
15335 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15336 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15339 offset = tree_to_shwi (BINFO_OFFSET (decl));
15342 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15346 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15348 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15350 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15352 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15357 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15359 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15360 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15361 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15362 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15363 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15367 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15370 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15373 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15377 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15383 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15385 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15386 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15388 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15394 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15400 /* Writes wide_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15403 insert_wide_int (const wide_int &val, unsigned char *dest, int elt_size)
15407 if (elt_size <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT/BITS_PER_UNIT)
15409 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.elt (0), elt_size, dest);
15413 /* We'd have to extend this code to support odd sizes. */
15414 gcc_assert (elt_size % (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0);
15416 int n = elt_size / (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
15418 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15419 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; i--)
15421 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.elt (i), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), dest);
15422 dest += sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15425 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
15427 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.elt (i), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), dest);
15428 dest += sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15432 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15435 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15437 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15441 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15442 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15444 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15445 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15447 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15452 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15453 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15454 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15455 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15456 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15459 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15461 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15465 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15468 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15470 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15474 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
15475 add_AT_wide (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15476 std::make_pair (rtl, GET_MODE (rtl)));
15480 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15481 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15482 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15485 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15487 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15488 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15489 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15492 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15493 unsigned char *array = ggc_vec_alloc<unsigned char> (length);
15495 insert_float (rtl, array);
15496 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15503 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15504 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15505 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15506 unsigned char *array
15507 = ggc_vec_alloc<unsigned char> (length * elt_size);
15510 machine_mode imode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
15512 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15514 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15515 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15517 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15518 insert_wide_int (std::make_pair (elt, imode), p, elt_size);
15522 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15523 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15525 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15526 insert_float (elt, p);
15531 gcc_unreachable ();
15534 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15539 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15541 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15542 resolve_one_addr (&rtl);
15544 loc_result = new_addr_loc_descr (rtl, dtprel_false);
15545 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15546 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15547 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array, rtl);
15553 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15554 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15557 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15560 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15565 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15566 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15567 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15568 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15569 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15570 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15571 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15572 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15573 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15574 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15575 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15583 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15584 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15585 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15587 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15593 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15594 gcc_unreachable ();
15599 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15600 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15603 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15604 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15606 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15607 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15609 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15610 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15612 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15613 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15614 be conservative. */
15615 else if (!symtab->global_info_ready
15616 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15618 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15620 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get (*tp);
15621 if (!node || !node->definition)
15624 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15625 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15627 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15628 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15629 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15630 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15631 if (!cgraph_node::get (*tp))
15634 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15640 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15641 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15644 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15646 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15650 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15651 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15652 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15654 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15655 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15656 machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15658 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15660 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15661 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15662 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15663 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15664 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15666 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15667 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15668 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15669 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15672 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15674 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
15675 || (TREE_CODE (init) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
15676 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0))))
15677 || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15679 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15680 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15681 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
15682 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
15684 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15685 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15686 reference variables which won't be output. */
15687 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15688 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15690 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15692 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15693 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15698 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15700 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15701 bool constant_p = true;
15703 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15705 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15706 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15707 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15708 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15709 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15711 constant_p = false;
15717 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15727 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15729 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15730 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15736 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15739 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15743 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15744 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15745 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15747 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15748 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15749 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15750 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15751 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15752 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15753 referenced within the function.
15755 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15756 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15757 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15758 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15760 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15761 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15762 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15763 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15764 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15765 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15767 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15768 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15769 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15770 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15771 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15772 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15773 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15774 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15775 output at debug-time.
15777 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15778 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15779 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15780 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15781 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15782 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15783 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15784 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15785 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15786 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15787 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15788 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15789 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15791 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15792 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15793 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15794 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15795 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15796 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15797 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15798 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15799 I'd like to fix it.
15801 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15802 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15803 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15804 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15805 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15806 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15807 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15808 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15809 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15810 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15811 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15813 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15814 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15816 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15817 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15818 fixed registers. */
15819 if (! reload_completed)
15822 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15824 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15826 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15827 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15829 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15834 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15836 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15837 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
15839 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15840 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
15841 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15842 && GET_MODE (rtl) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))))
15844 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15845 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15846 machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15847 machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15849 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15850 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15851 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15852 if (dmode == pmode)
15853 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15854 else if ((rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15855 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15856 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15857 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15859 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15862 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15864 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15865 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15866 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15867 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15874 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15875 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15876 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15877 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15878 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15879 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15881 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15882 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15883 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15884 /* Not passed in memory. */
15885 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15886 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15887 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15888 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15889 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15890 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
15891 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15894 /* Big endian correction check. */
15895 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15896 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15897 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15900 machine_mode addr_mode = get_address_mode (rtl);
15901 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15902 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15904 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15905 plus_constant (addr_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15908 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15911 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15912 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15914 machine_mode addr_mode = get_address_mode (rtl);
15915 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15916 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15918 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15919 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15920 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15921 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15922 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15923 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15925 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15926 plus_constant (addr_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
15930 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15931 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15932 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15933 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15934 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15937 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15939 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15940 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15941 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15943 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15945 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15946 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15948 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15949 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15950 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15951 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15952 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15953 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15954 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15956 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15958 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15959 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15966 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15967 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15968 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15971 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15973 tree val_expr, cvar;
15975 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15977 int unsignedp, volatilep = 0;
15979 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15980 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15981 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15982 be handled as such. */
15983 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15984 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15985 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15989 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15990 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15993 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15994 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15996 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15997 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15998 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15999 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
16003 if (offset != NULL)
16005 if (!tree_fits_shwi_p (offset))
16007 *value = tree_to_shwi (offset);
16010 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16015 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16016 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16017 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16018 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16019 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16020 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16021 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16022 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16023 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16024 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
16026 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
16027 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
16028 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
16029 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
16032 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl, bool cache_p,
16033 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
16036 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16037 var_loc_list *loc_list;
16038 cached_dw_loc_list *cache;
16040 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16043 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
16044 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
16046 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16049 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
16050 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16051 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16054 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16055 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16056 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16057 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
16060 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
16061 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
16062 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
16063 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
16065 struct var_loc_node *node;
16067 node = loc_list->first;
16068 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
16069 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
16070 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
16071 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16072 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16075 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
16076 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
16078 if (loc_list == NULL || cached_dw_loc_list_table == NULL)
16082 cache = cached_dw_loc_list_table->find_with_hash (decl, DECL_UID (decl));
16084 list = cache->loc_list;
16088 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2,
16090 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
16091 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
16092 if (cache_p && list && list->dw_loc_next)
16094 cached_dw_loc_list **slot
16095 = cached_dw_loc_list_table->find_slot_with_hash (decl,
16098 cache = ggc_cleared_alloc<cached_dw_loc_list> ();
16099 cache->decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
16100 cache->loc_list = list;
16106 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
16109 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16110 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16111 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
16114 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16117 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
16119 deferred_locations entry;
16120 entry.variable = variable;
16122 vec_safe_push (deferred_locations_list, entry);
16125 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16126 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16129 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
16133 if (init == NULL_TREE)
16137 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16140 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16141 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16143 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16144 machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16146 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16148 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16150 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16152 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16153 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16154 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16155 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16158 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16163 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16164 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16166 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16168 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16169 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16170 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16171 constructor_elt *ce;
16173 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16174 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16177 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16178 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16181 min_index = tree_to_shwi (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
16182 memset (array, '\0', size);
16183 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
16185 tree val = ce->value;
16186 tree index = ce->index;
16188 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16189 pos = (tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0)) - min_index)
16192 pos = (tree_to_shwi (index) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16197 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16200 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16201 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16203 int count = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1))
16204 - tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0));
16205 while (count-- > 0)
16208 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16209 curpos += fieldsize;
16212 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16216 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16217 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16219 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16221 constructor_elt *ce;
16223 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16226 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16227 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16229 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
16231 tree val = ce->value;
16232 int pos, fieldsize;
16234 if (ce->index != 0)
16240 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16243 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16244 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16245 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16247 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16248 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field)))
16250 fieldsize = tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field));
16251 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16252 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16254 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16260 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16261 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16262 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16264 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16268 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16269 attribute is the const value T. */
16272 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16275 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16278 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16282 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16284 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16286 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16287 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16288 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16289 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16291 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16292 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16294 unsigned char *array = ggc_cleared_vec_alloc<unsigned char> (size);
16296 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16298 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16307 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16308 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16309 variable with static storage duration
16310 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16313 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16317 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16318 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
16319 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16320 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)))
16323 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16324 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16325 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16330 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16331 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16334 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16337 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16338 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16339 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16340 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16343 static dw_loc_list_ref
16344 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16348 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16350 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16351 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16352 dw_cfa_location remember;
16355 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16357 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16361 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16362 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16363 remember = next_cfa;
16365 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16367 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16368 advance opcodes. */
16369 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec, ix, cfi)
16370 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16372 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16373 last_label = start_label;
16375 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index == 0)
16377 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
16378 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
16379 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16380 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16381 list_tail =&(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16382 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
16385 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
16387 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16389 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16390 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16391 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16392 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16393 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16395 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16396 start_label, last_label, section);
16398 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16399 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16400 start_label = last_label;
16402 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16405 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16406 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16407 gcc_unreachable ();
16410 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16413 if (ix + 1 == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index)
16415 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16417 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16418 start_label, last_label, section);
16420 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16421 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16422 start_label = last_label;
16424 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16425 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16426 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16427 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
16431 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16433 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16434 start_label, last_label, section);
16435 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16436 start_label = last_label;
16439 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16441 fde->dw_fde_second_begin
16442 ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end,
16445 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16451 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16452 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16453 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16454 before the latter is negated. */
16457 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16461 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16462 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16463 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16465 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16466 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16469 elim = (ira_use_lra_p
16470 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX)
16471 : eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX));
16472 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16474 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16475 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16478 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16480 /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
16481 in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
16482 directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
16483 this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
16484 frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. */
16485 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
16486 = ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16487 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16488 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16489 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16490 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16491 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16494 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16495 the value of the attribute. */
16498 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16500 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16502 if (demangle_name_func)
16503 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16505 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16509 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
16510 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
16511 of TYPE accordingly.
16513 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
16514 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
16517 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree type,
16518 dw_die_ref context_die)
16521 dw_die_ref dtype_die;
16523 if (!lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type)
16526 dtype = lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type (type);
16530 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
16533 gen_type_die (dtype, context_die);
16534 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
16535 gcc_assert (dtype_die);
16538 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type, dtype_die);
16541 /* Retrieve the comp_dir string suitable for use with DW_AT_comp_dir. */
16543 static const char *
16544 comp_dir_string (void)
16548 static const char *cached_wd = NULL;
16550 if (cached_wd != NULL)
16553 wd = get_src_pwd ();
16557 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16561 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16562 wd1 = ggc_vec_alloc<char> (wdlen + 2);
16564 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16565 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16569 cached_wd = remap_debug_filename (wd);
16573 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16576 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16578 const char * wd = comp_dir_string ();
16580 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
16583 /* Given a tree node VALUE describing a scalar attribute ATTR (i.e. a bound, a
16584 pointer computation, ...), output a representation for that bound according
16585 to the accepted FORMS (see enum dw_scalar_form) and add it to DIE. See
16586 loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
16589 add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr, tree value,
16590 int forms, const struct loc_descr_context *context)
16592 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16593 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16595 bool strip_conversions = true;
16597 while (strip_conversions)
16598 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
16605 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16606 value = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
16610 strip_conversions = false;
16614 /* If possible and permitted, output the attribute as a constant. */
16615 if ((forms & dw_scalar_form_constant) != 0
16616 && TREE_CODE (value) == INTEGER_CST)
16618 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value));
16620 /* If HOST_WIDE_INT is big enough then represent the bound as
16621 a constant value. We need to choose a form based on
16622 whether the type is signed or unsigned. We cannot just
16623 call add_AT_unsigned if the value itself is positive
16624 (add_AT_unsigned might add the unsigned value encoded as
16625 DW_FORM_data[1248]). Some DWARF consumers will lookup the
16626 bounds type and then sign extend any unsigned values found
16627 for signed types. This is needed only for
16628 DW_AT_{lower,upper}_bound, since for most other attributes,
16629 consumers will treat DW_FORM_data[1248] as unsigned values,
16630 regardless of the underlying type. */
16631 if (prec <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16632 || tree_fits_uhwi_p (value))
16634 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value)))
16635 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value));
16637 add_AT_int (die, attr, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value));
16640 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with
16641 the precision of its type. The precision and signedness
16642 of the type will be necessary to re-interpret it
16644 add_AT_wide (die, attr, value);
16648 /* Otherwise, if it's possible and permitted too, output a reference to
16650 if ((forms & dw_scalar_form_reference) != 0)
16652 tree decl = NULL_TREE;
16654 /* Some type attributes reference an outer type. For instance, the upper
16655 bound of an array may reference an embedding record (this happens in
16657 if (TREE_CODE (value) == COMPONENT_REF
16658 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
16659 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1)) == FIELD_DECL)
16660 decl = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
16662 else if (TREE_CODE (value) == VAR_DECL
16663 || TREE_CODE (value) == PARM_DECL
16664 || TREE_CODE (value) == RESULT_DECL)
16667 if (decl != NULL_TREE)
16669 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
16671 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16672 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16673 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16674 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16675 later parameter. */
16676 if (decl_die != NULL)
16678 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr, decl_die);
16684 /* Last chance: try to create a stack operation procedure to evaluate the
16685 value. Do nothing if even that is not possible or permitted. */
16686 if ((forms & dw_scalar_form_exprloc) == 0)
16689 list = loc_list_from_tree (value, 2, context);
16690 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16692 /* If this attribute is not a reference nor constant, it is
16693 a DWARF expression rather than location description. For that
16694 loc_list_from_tree (value, 0, &context) is needed. */
16695 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (value, 0, context);
16696 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
16698 add_AT_loc (die, attr, list2->expr);
16703 /* If that failed to give a single element location list, fall back to
16704 outputting this as a reference... still if permitted. */
16705 if (list == NULL || (forms & dw_scalar_form_reference) == 0)
16708 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16709 ctx = comp_unit_die ();
16711 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16713 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, value);
16714 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16715 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (value), TYPE_QUAL_CONST, ctx);
16716 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16717 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr, decl_die);
16720 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16724 lower_bound_default (void)
16726 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language))
16732 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16733 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11:
16734 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14:
16736 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16739 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16740 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16741 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16742 case DW_LANG_Fortran03:
16743 case DW_LANG_Fortran08:
16747 case DW_LANG_Python:
16748 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16749 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16750 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16751 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16752 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16753 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16754 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16756 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16762 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16763 a representation for that bound. */
16766 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr,
16767 tree bound, const struct loc_descr_context *context)
16772 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16774 /* Strip all conversions. */
16776 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16777 bound = TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0);
16780 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. Lower bounds
16781 are even omitted when they are the default. */
16783 /* If the value for this bound is the default one, we can even omit the
16785 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16786 && tree_fits_shwi_p (bound)
16787 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16788 && tree_to_shwi (bound) == dflt)
16794 add_scalar_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound,
16795 dw_scalar_form_constant
16796 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
16797 | dw_scalar_form_reference,
16803 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16804 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16805 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16806 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16809 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16811 unsigned dimension_number;
16813 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16815 for (dimension_number = 0;
16816 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16817 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16819 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16821 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16824 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16825 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16827 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16830 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16831 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16832 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16834 /* Define the index type. */
16835 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16837 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16838 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16839 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16840 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16841 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16842 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16843 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16846 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain),
16847 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, type_die);
16850 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16851 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16853 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16854 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16855 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16857 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower, NULL);
16859 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper, NULL);
16862 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16863 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16868 /* Add a DW_AT_byte_size attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's size. */
16871 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16873 dw_die_ref decl_die;
16874 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16876 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16881 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16884 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16885 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node)) == VAR_DECL
16886 && (decl_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node))))
16888 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_byte_size, decl_die);
16891 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16894 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16895 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16896 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16897 even for bit-fields. */
16898 size = int_size_in_bytes (field_type (tree_node));
16901 gcc_unreachable ();
16904 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16905 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16906 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16907 when location description was not used by the caller code instead. */
16909 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16912 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16913 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16914 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16917 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16918 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16919 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16920 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16921 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16922 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16924 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16925 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16926 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16929 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16931 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16932 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16933 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16934 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16935 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16936 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset;
16938 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16939 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16941 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16942 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16943 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16944 if (! tree_fits_shwi_p (bit_position (decl))
16945 || ! tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl)))
16948 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16950 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16951 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16952 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16953 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16954 below must take account of these differences. */
16955 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16956 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16958 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16960 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE (decl));
16961 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16965 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16966 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16967 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16969 if (bit_offset < 0)
16970 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16972 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bit_offset);
16975 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16976 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16979 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16981 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16982 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16983 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16985 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl)))
16986 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl)));
16989 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16990 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16993 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16995 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language))
17002 if (prototype_p (func_type))
17003 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
17010 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17011 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17014 static inline dw_die_ref
17015 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
17017 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
17019 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
17021 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17022 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17023 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17025 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17026 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17030 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
17032 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
17034 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
17037 if (DECL_P (origin))
17038 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
17039 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
17040 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
17042 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17043 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17044 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17045 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17046 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17047 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17048 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17052 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
17056 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17059 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
17061 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
17063 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
17065 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl)))
17066 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
17067 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
17068 tree_to_shwi (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl)),
17071 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17072 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17073 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
17074 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
17075 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
17079 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17080 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17081 standardized it. */
17084 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17086 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
17088 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17089 if (name[0] == '*')
17092 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
17093 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_linkage_name, name);
17095 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, name);
17098 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17101 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17103 expanded_location s;
17105 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
17107 s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17108 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
17109 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17112 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17115 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17117 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
17118 && (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
17119 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
17120 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
17121 && die->die_tag != DW_TAG_member)
17123 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17124 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
17126 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
17128 asm_name = ggc_cleared_alloc<limbo_die_node> ();
17129 asm_name->die = die;
17130 asm_name->created_for = decl;
17131 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
17132 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
17134 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
17135 add_linkage_attr (die, decl);
17139 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17140 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17143 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17147 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17148 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17150 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
17152 add_name_attribute (die, name);
17153 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17154 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
17156 add_linkage_name (die, decl);
17159 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17160 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17161 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17162 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
17164 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
17165 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), false);
17166 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17168 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17171 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17172 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17175 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17177 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17180 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17181 die = ggc_cleared_alloc<die_node> ();
17182 die->die_tag = DW_TAG_subprogram;
17183 add_name_attribute (die, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER);
17184 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
17185 current_function_funcdef_no);
17186 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
17188 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
17189 die->die_parent = comp_unit_die ();
17190 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child)
17192 die->die_sib = comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib;
17193 comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib = die;
17197 die->die_sib = die;
17198 comp_unit_die ()->die_child = die;
17201 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17203 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17206 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
17208 vec_safe_push (decl_scope_table, scope);
17211 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17214 pop_decl_scope (void)
17216 decl_scope_table->pop ();
17219 /* walk_tree helper function for uses_local_type, below. */
17222 uses_local_type_r (tree *tp, int *walk_subtrees, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17225 *walk_subtrees = 0;
17228 tree name = TYPE_NAME (*tp);
17229 if (name && DECL_P (name) && decl_function_context (name))
17235 /* If TYPE involves a function-local type (including a local typedef to a
17236 non-local type), returns that type; otherwise returns NULL_TREE. */
17239 uses_local_type (tree type)
17241 tree used = walk_tree_without_duplicates (&type, uses_local_type_r, NULL);
17245 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17246 Non-named types that do not involve a function-local type get global
17247 scope. Named types nested in namespaces or other types get their
17248 containing scope. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17249 the current active scope. */
17252 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
17254 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
17255 tree containing_scope;
17257 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17258 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
17260 /* Use the scope of the typedef, rather than the scope of the type
17262 if (TYPE_NAME (t) && DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (t)))
17263 containing_scope = DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (t));
17265 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
17267 /* Use the containing namespace if there is one. */
17268 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
17270 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
17272 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17273 context_die = get_context_die (containing_scope);
17275 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17278 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17279 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17280 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17281 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
17282 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17284 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope))
17286 /* If T uses a local type keep it local as well, to avoid references
17287 to function-local DIEs from outside the function. */
17288 if (current_function_decl && uses_local_type (t))
17289 scope_die = context_die;
17291 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
17293 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
17295 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. */
17296 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17297 scope_die = get_context_die (containing_scope);
17300 scope_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope);
17301 if (scope_die == NULL)
17302 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
17306 scope_die = context_die;
17311 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17314 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17316 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
17317 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17318 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
17324 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17327 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17329 return (context_die
17330 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
17331 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
17332 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
17333 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
17336 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17337 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17340 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17342 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
17343 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
17346 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17347 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17348 by 'type' plus any additional qualifiers given by 'cv_quals', and
17349 adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17352 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int cv_quals,
17353 dw_die_ref context_die)
17355 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
17356 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
17358 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17359 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17360 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17361 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17362 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
17363 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
17364 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
17366 if (code == ERROR_MARK
17367 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17368 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17369 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17370 || code == VOID_TYPE)
17373 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
17374 cv_quals | TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (type),
17377 if (type_die != NULL)
17378 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
17381 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17382 function call type. */
17384 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
17386 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
17388 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
17389 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17392 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
17394 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17395 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17396 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17397 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
17398 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
17399 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
17400 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
17401 value = DW_CC_program;
17403 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17404 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_main_subprogram, 1);
17407 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17408 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17409 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
17410 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
17413 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17414 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17415 was declared without a tag. */
17417 static const char *
17418 type_tag (const_tree type)
17420 const char *name = 0;
17422 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
17426 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17427 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
17428 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type))
17429 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
17431 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17432 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17434 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17435 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17437 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17438 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17439 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17440 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17441 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))
17442 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17443 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17446 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17447 if (!name && t != 0)
17448 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17451 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17454 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17455 for bit field types. */
17458 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17460 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17461 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17464 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17465 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17468 static const char *
17469 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17472 const char *fnname;
17474 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17475 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17478 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17480 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17485 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17486 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17487 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17490 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17492 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17493 dw_die_ref array_die;
17495 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17496 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17497 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17498 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17499 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17500 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17501 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17502 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17503 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17505 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17508 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17509 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17510 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17511 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17513 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17515 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17517 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17518 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17519 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17520 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17522 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17523 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17524 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17525 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17527 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17528 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2, NULL);
17530 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17531 if (loc && size > 0)
17533 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17534 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17535 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17541 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17542 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17543 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17545 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17546 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17548 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17550 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17551 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17552 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17553 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17556 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17557 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17558 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17559 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17560 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17561 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17562 for multidimensional arrays. */
17563 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17566 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17568 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
17569 dw_die_ref subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17570 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, size_zero_node, NULL);
17571 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17572 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type) - 1), NULL);
17575 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17577 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17578 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17579 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17580 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17581 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17583 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17585 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17588 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, context_die);
17590 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die, type, context_die);
17591 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
17592 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17594 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17595 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17598 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17599 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17602 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17603 dw_die_ref context_die)
17605 const dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17606 const dw_die_ref array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17607 const struct loc_descr_context context = { type, info->base_decl };
17610 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17611 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17613 if (info->ndimensions > 1)
17614 switch (info->ordering)
17616 case array_descr_ordering_row_major:
17617 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17619 case array_descr_ordering_column_major:
17620 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17626 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17628 if (info->data_location)
17629 add_scalar_info (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17630 dw_scalar_form_exprloc, &context);
17631 if (info->associated)
17632 add_scalar_info (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17633 dw_scalar_form_constant
17634 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
17635 | dw_scalar_form_reference, &context);
17636 if (info->allocated)
17637 add_scalar_info (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17638 dw_scalar_form_constant
17639 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
17640 | dw_scalar_form_reference, &context);
17643 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die, type, context_die);
17645 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17647 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17648 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17650 if (info->dimen[dim].bounds_type)
17651 add_type_attribute (subrange_die,
17652 info->dimen[dim].bounds_type, 0,
17654 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17655 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17656 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, &context);
17657 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17658 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17659 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound, &context);
17660 if ((dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) && info->dimen[dim].stride)
17661 add_scalar_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17662 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17663 dw_scalar_form_constant
17664 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
17665 | dw_scalar_form_reference,
17669 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17670 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED,
17673 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17674 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17679 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17681 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17682 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17684 if (origin != NULL)
17685 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17688 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17689 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17690 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, context_die);
17693 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl))
17694 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17696 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17700 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17701 emit full debugging info for them. */
17704 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17708 for (i = vec_safe_length (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17709 if (should_emit_struct_debug ((*incomplete_types)[i], DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17710 gen_type_die ((*incomplete_types)[i], comp_unit_die ());
17713 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17715 static enum dwarf_tag
17716 record_type_tag (tree type)
17718 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17719 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17721 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17723 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17724 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17726 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17727 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17729 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17730 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17731 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17732 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17735 gcc_unreachable ();
17739 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17740 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17741 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17745 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17747 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17749 if (type_die == NULL)
17751 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17752 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17753 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17754 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17755 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17757 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17758 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17759 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type))
17760 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17763 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17766 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17768 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17769 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17770 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17771 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17775 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17776 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17777 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17779 tree underlying = lang_hooks.types.enum_underlying_base_type (type);
17780 add_type_attribute (type_die, underlying, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED,
17783 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17785 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17786 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17789 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17790 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17791 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17792 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17794 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17795 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17797 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17798 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17800 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17801 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17803 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17804 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17806 if (simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value))
17807 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT || tree_fits_shwi_p (value))
17809 /* For constant forms created by add_AT_unsigned DWARF
17810 consumers (GDB, elfutils, etc.) always zero extend
17811 the value. Only when the actual value is negative
17812 do we need to use add_AT_int to generate a constant
17813 form that can represent negative values. */
17814 HOST_WIDE_INT val = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value);
17815 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value)) || val >= 0)
17816 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17817 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
17819 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
17822 /* Enumeration constants may be wider than HOST_WIDE_INT. Handle
17823 that here. TODO: This should be re-worked to use correct
17824 signed/unsigned double tags for all cases. */
17825 add_AT_wide (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value, value);
17828 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
17829 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
17830 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17833 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17835 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17840 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17841 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17844 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17845 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17846 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17847 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17848 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17849 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17850 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17851 argument type of some subprogram type.
17852 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17856 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17857 dw_die_ref context_die)
17859 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17860 tree ultimate_origin;
17861 dw_die_ref parm_die
17862 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17864 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17866 case tcc_declaration:
17867 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17868 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17869 origin = ultimate_origin;
17870 if (origin != NULL)
17871 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17872 else if (emit_name_p)
17873 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17875 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin)
17876 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin),
17877 decl_function_context
17878 (node_or_origin))))
17880 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin);
17881 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin))
17882 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type),
17883 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, context_die);
17885 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17886 decl_quals (node_or_origin),
17889 if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17890 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17892 if (node && node != origin)
17893 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17894 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin))
17895 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17896 node == NULL, DW_AT_location);
17901 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17902 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED,
17907 gcc_unreachable ();
17913 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17914 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17917 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17918 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17919 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17920 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17921 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17922 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17925 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17927 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17931 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17933 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17934 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17937 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17938 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17940 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
17942 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17945 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17946 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17951 return parm_pack_die;
17954 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17955 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17958 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17960 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17963 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17964 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17965 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17966 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17969 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17972 tree formal_type = NULL;
17973 tree first_parm_type;
17976 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17978 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17979 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17984 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17986 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17987 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17988 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17990 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17992 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17993 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17996 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17997 if (!POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE_P (formal_type))
17999 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
18000 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18002 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
18003 && link == first_parm_type)
18005 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18006 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18007 add_AT_die_ref (context_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
18009 else if (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg))
18010 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18013 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
18015 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg);
18018 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18019 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18020 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
18021 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
18023 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18024 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18025 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18026 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
18027 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18028 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
18031 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18032 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18033 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18034 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18035 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18038 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
18040 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
18042 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18043 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18044 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18045 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
18046 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
18048 dw_die_ref type_die;
18049 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
18051 push_decl_scope (type);
18052 type_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type);
18053 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18054 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
18055 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
18057 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18058 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18059 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
18060 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
18061 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
18063 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
18064 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
18068 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
18074 /* Forward declare these functions, because they are mutually recursive
18075 with their set_block_* pairing functions. */
18076 static void set_decl_origin_self (tree);
18077 static void set_decl_abstract_flags (tree, vec<tree> &);
18079 /* Given a pointer to some BLOCK node, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
18080 given BLOCK node is NULL, set the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the node so
18081 that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the node is its
18082 own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
18083 the given node is NULL, recursively descend the decl/block tree which
18084 it is the root of, and for each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained
18085 therein whose DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also
18086 still NULL, set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
18087 values to point to themselves. */
18090 set_block_origin_self (tree stmt)
18092 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt) == NULL_TREE)
18094 BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt) = stmt;
18099 for (local_decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
18100 local_decl != NULL_TREE;
18101 local_decl = DECL_CHAIN (local_decl))
18102 /* Do not recurse on nested functions since the inlining status
18103 of parent and child can be different as per the DWARF spec. */
18104 if (TREE_CODE (local_decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
18105 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (local_decl))
18106 set_decl_origin_self (local_decl);
18112 for (subblock = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
18113 subblock != NULL_TREE;
18114 subblock = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblock))
18115 set_block_origin_self (subblock); /* Recurse. */
18120 /* Given a pointer to some ..._DECL node, if the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
18121 the given ..._DECL node is NULL, set the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
18122 node to so that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the
18123 node represents its own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the
18124 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the given node is NULL, recursively descend
18125 the decl/block tree of which the given node is the root of, and for
18126 each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained therein whose
18127 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also still NULL,
18128 set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN values to
18129 point to themselves. */
18132 set_decl_origin_self (tree decl)
18134 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18136 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) = decl;
18137 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18141 for (arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl); arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
18142 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (arg) = arg;
18143 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE
18144 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
18145 set_block_origin_self (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
18150 /* Given a pointer to some BLOCK node, set the BLOCK_ABSTRACT flag to 1
18151 and if it wasn't 1 before, push it to abstract_vec vector.
18152 For all local decls and all local sub-blocks (recursively) do it
18156 set_block_abstract_flags (tree stmt, vec<tree> &abstract_vec)
18162 if (!BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18164 abstract_vec.safe_push (stmt);
18165 BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) = 1;
18168 for (local_decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
18169 local_decl != NULL_TREE;
18170 local_decl = DECL_CHAIN (local_decl))
18171 if (! DECL_EXTERNAL (local_decl))
18172 set_decl_abstract_flags (local_decl, abstract_vec);
18174 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
18176 local_decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i);
18177 if ((TREE_CODE (local_decl) == VAR_DECL && !TREE_STATIC (local_decl))
18178 || TREE_CODE (local_decl) == PARM_DECL)
18179 set_decl_abstract_flags (local_decl, abstract_vec);
18182 for (subblock = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
18183 subblock != NULL_TREE;
18184 subblock = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblock))
18185 set_block_abstract_flags (subblock, abstract_vec);
18188 /* Given a pointer to some ..._DECL node, set DECL_ABSTRACT_P flag on it
18189 to 1 and if it wasn't 1 before, push to abstract_vec vector.
18190 In the case where the decl is a FUNCTION_DECL also set the abstract
18191 flags for all of the parameters, local vars, local
18192 blocks and sub-blocks (recursively). */
18195 set_decl_abstract_flags (tree decl, vec<tree> &abstract_vec)
18197 if (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl))
18199 abstract_vec.safe_push (decl);
18200 DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl) = 1;
18203 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18207 for (arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl); arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
18208 if (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (arg))
18210 abstract_vec.safe_push (arg);
18211 DECL_ABSTRACT_P (arg) = 1;
18213 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE
18214 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
18215 set_block_abstract_flags (DECL_INITIAL (decl), abstract_vec);
18219 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18220 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18223 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
18225 dw_die_ref old_die;
18228 hash_table<decl_loc_hasher> *old_decl_loc_table;
18229 hash_table<dw_loc_list_hasher> *old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
18230 int old_call_site_count, old_tail_call_site_count;
18231 struct call_arg_loc_node *old_call_arg_locations;
18233 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18234 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
18236 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18237 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18238 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18241 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18242 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18243 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18244 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
18245 decl_loc_table = NULL;
18246 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table = cached_dw_loc_list_table;
18247 cached_dw_loc_list_table = NULL;
18248 old_call_arg_locations = call_arg_locations;
18249 call_arg_locations = NULL;
18250 old_call_site_count = call_site_count;
18251 call_site_count = -1;
18252 old_tail_call_site_count = tail_call_site_count;
18253 tail_call_site_count = -1;
18255 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18256 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT_P. */
18257 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18259 context = decl_class_context (decl);
18261 gen_type_die_for_member
18262 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die ());
18265 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18266 save_fn = current_function_decl;
18267 current_function_decl = decl;
18269 auto_vec<tree, 64> abstract_vec;
18270 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, abstract_vec);
18271 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
18274 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (abstract_vec, i, t)
18275 if (TREE_CODE (t) == BLOCK)
18276 BLOCK_ABSTRACT (t) = 0;
18278 DECL_ABSTRACT_P (t) = 0;
18280 current_function_decl = save_fn;
18281 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
18282 cached_dw_loc_list_table = old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
18283 call_arg_locations = old_call_arg_locations;
18284 call_site_count = old_call_site_count;
18285 tail_call_site_count = old_tail_call_site_count;
18288 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18291 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18292 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18295 premark_used_types_helper (tree const &type, void *)
18299 die = lookup_type_die (type);
18301 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18305 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18306 through htab_traverse.
18308 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18309 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18310 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18313 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (types_used_by_vars_entry **slot,
18316 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
18319 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
18320 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
18321 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
18322 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
18325 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18326 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18327 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get (entry->var_decl);
18328 if (node && node->definition)
18330 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18331 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18332 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
18333 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18339 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18342 premark_used_types (struct function *fun)
18344 if (fun && fun->used_types_hash)
18345 fun->used_types_hash->traverse<void *, premark_used_types_helper> (NULL);
18348 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18351 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18353 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
18354 types_used_by_vars_hash
18355 ->traverse<void *, premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper> (NULL);
18358 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
18359 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
18362 gen_call_site_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref subr_die,
18363 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc)
18365 dw_die_ref stmt_die = NULL, die;
18366 tree block = ca_loc->block;
18369 && block != DECL_INITIAL (decl)
18370 && TREE_CODE (block) == BLOCK)
18372 if (block_map.length () > BLOCK_NUMBER (block))
18373 stmt_die = block_map[BLOCK_NUMBER (block)];
18376 block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block);
18378 if (stmt_die == NULL)
18379 stmt_die = subr_die;
18380 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site, stmt_die, NULL_TREE);
18381 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, ca_loc->label);
18382 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
18383 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call, 1);
18384 if (ca_loc->symbol_ref)
18386 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc->symbol_ref));
18388 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
18390 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, ca_loc->symbol_ref, false);
18395 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18399 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18401 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18402 dw_die_ref subr_die;
18404 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18405 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
18406 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18408 premark_used_types (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
18410 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT_P and DECLARATION be true if we
18411 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18412 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18413 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18414 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18416 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18417 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
18420 gcc_assert (!old_die);
18423 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18424 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18425 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
18426 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
18427 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
18428 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18429 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
18431 if (origin != NULL)
18433 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
18435 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18436 inline function. */
18437 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
18438 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
18440 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18441 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
18442 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
18443 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
18444 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
18445 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
18447 add_linkage_name (subr_die, decl);
18451 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18452 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18454 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
18455 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18456 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18457 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18458 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18460 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18461 something we have already output. */
18465 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18466 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18467 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18468 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18469 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18470 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18471 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18472 if ((is_cu_die (old_die->die_parent) || context_die == NULL)
18473 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
18474 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
18475 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
18476 == (unsigned) s.line))))
18478 subr_die = old_die;
18480 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18481 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18482 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18483 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18484 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18485 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18486 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer);
18487 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
18491 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18492 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
18493 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18494 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18495 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18496 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18497 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18499 /* If the prototype had an 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' return type,
18500 emit the real type on the definition die. */
18501 if (is_cxx() && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18503 dw_die_ref die = get_AT_ref (old_die, DW_AT_type);
18504 if (die == auto_die || die == decltype_auto_die)
18505 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18506 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, context_die);
18512 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18514 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18515 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18517 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
18518 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18519 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18521 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
18522 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18523 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, context_die);
18526 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18527 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18528 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18530 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && (dwarf_version >= 5 || !dwarf_strict))
18531 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_noreturn, 1);
18533 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18538 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18540 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18542 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18543 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18544 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
18545 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18546 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
18548 /* If this is a C++11 deleted special function member then generate
18549 a DW_AT_GNU_deleted attribute. */
18550 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_deleted_p (decl)
18551 && (! dwarf_strict))
18552 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_deleted, 1);
18554 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18555 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18556 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18557 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18559 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18560 later reused to represent definition. */
18561 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18564 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl))
18566 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
18568 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18569 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
18571 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
18575 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18576 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
18578 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
18581 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
18582 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
18583 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18585 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18587 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18589 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
18590 struct function *fun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl);
18592 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18593 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18595 gcc_checking_assert (fun);
18596 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
18598 dw_fde_ref fde = fun->fde;
18599 if (fde->dw_fde_begin)
18601 /* We have already generated the labels. */
18602 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
18603 fde->dw_fde_end, false);
18607 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
18608 char label_id_low[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18609 char label_id_high[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_low, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
18611 current_function_funcdef_no);
18612 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_high, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18613 current_function_funcdef_no);
18614 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die, label_id_low, label_id_high,
18618 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18619 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
18620 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
18621 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
18622 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
18623 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
18624 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
18625 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
18626 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
18627 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
18628 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
18629 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
18632 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue)
18633 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_prologue,
18634 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue);
18636 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
18637 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_epilogue,
18638 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue);
18645 /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
18646 dw_fde_ref fde = fun->fde;
18648 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin)
18650 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18652 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
18653 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
18654 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
18655 alignment offset. */
18656 bool range_list_added = false;
18657 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
18658 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added,
18660 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
18661 fde->dw_fde_second_end,
18662 &range_list_added, false);
18663 if (range_list_added)
18668 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
18669 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
18670 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
18671 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
18672 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
18673 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
18674 sections when given "b foo". */
18675 const char *name = NULL;
18676 tree decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
18677 dw_die_ref seg_die;
18679 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
18680 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
18681 fde->dw_fde_end, false);
18683 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
18684 seg_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram,
18685 subr_die->die_parent, decl);
18687 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18688 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18690 if (decl_name != NULL
18691 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
18693 name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
18694 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18695 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die, decl);
18697 add_linkage_name (seg_die, decl);
18699 gcc_assert (name != NULL);
18700 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die, decl);
18701 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18702 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18704 name = concat ("__second_sect_of_", name, NULL);
18705 add_AT_low_high_pc (seg_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
18706 fde->dw_fde_second_end, false);
18707 add_name_attribute (seg_die, name);
18708 if (want_pubnames ())
18709 add_pubname_string (name, seg_die);
18713 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end,
18717 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18719 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18720 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18721 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18722 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18723 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18724 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18725 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18727 if (dwarf_version >= 3 && targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
18729 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18730 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18734 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18735 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18736 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18738 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18741 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18742 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18743 will reference in the rtl; the latter is what we've told the
18744 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18745 by this displacement. */
18746 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18748 if (fun->static_chain_decl)
18749 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18750 loc_list_from_tree (fun->static_chain_decl, 2, NULL));
18753 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18754 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18755 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18757 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18758 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18759 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18760 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18761 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18762 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18763 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18764 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18765 an ellipsis at the end. */
18767 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18768 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18769 its formal parameters. */
18770 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18772 else if (declaration)
18773 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18776 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18777 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18778 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18779 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18780 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18783 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18784 emit their relevant DIEs.
18786 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18787 as well as it being a normal function.
18789 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18790 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18791 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18792 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18793 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18794 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18795 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18796 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18797 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18800 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18801 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18803 if (generic_decl_parm
18804 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18805 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18808 else if (parm && !POINTER_BOUNDS_P (parm))
18810 dw_die_ref parm_die = gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18812 if (parm == DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl)
18813 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == METHOD_TYPE
18815 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18816 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
18818 parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm);
18821 parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm);
18823 if (generic_decl_parm)
18824 generic_decl_parm = DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18827 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18828 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18829 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18830 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18831 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18832 parameters at all. */
18833 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
18835 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18836 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
18837 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18839 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18840 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18843 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18844 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18845 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18847 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18848 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18849 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18850 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18851 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18852 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18853 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18855 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18856 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18857 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18858 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18859 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18860 constructor function. */
18861 if (! declaration && outer_scope && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18863 int call_site_note_count = 0;
18864 int tail_call_site_note_count = 0;
18866 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18867 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18868 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18870 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die);
18872 if (call_arg_locations && !dwarf_strict)
18874 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc;
18875 for (ca_loc = call_arg_locations; ca_loc; ca_loc = ca_loc->next)
18877 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
18878 rtx tloc = NULL_RTX, tlocc = NULL_RTX;
18881 for (arg = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note);
18882 arg; arg = next_arg)
18884 dw_loc_descr_ref reg, val;
18885 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1));
18886 dw_die_ref cdie, tdie = NULL;
18888 next_arg = XEXP (arg, 1);
18889 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
18891 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0))
18892 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0))
18893 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
18894 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0)))
18895 next_arg = XEXP (next_arg, 1);
18896 if (mode == VOIDmode)
18898 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
18899 if (mode == VOIDmode)
18900 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (arg, 0));
18902 if (mode == VOIDmode || mode == BLKmode)
18904 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
18906 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
18907 tloc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
18910 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
18911 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
18913 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
18914 tlocc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
18918 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
18919 reg = reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0),
18920 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
18921 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
18923 rtx mem = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0);
18924 reg = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem, 0),
18925 get_address_mode (mem),
18927 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
18929 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
18930 == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
18933 = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
18934 tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
18941 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
18942 != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
18944 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1), mode,
18946 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
18950 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
18951 cdie = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter, die,
18954 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_location, reg);
18955 else if (tdie != NULL)
18956 add_AT_die_ref (cdie, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
18957 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value, val);
18958 if (next_arg != XEXP (arg, 1))
18960 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 1));
18961 if (mode == VOIDmode)
18962 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 0));
18963 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1),
18966 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
18968 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value, val);
18972 && (ca_loc->symbol_ref || tloc))
18973 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
18974 if (die != NULL && (tloc != NULL_RTX || tlocc != NULL_RTX))
18976 dw_loc_descr_ref tval = NULL;
18978 if (tloc != NULL_RTX)
18979 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tloc,
18980 GET_MODE (tloc) == VOIDmode
18981 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tloc),
18983 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
18985 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target, tval);
18986 else if (tlocc != NULL_RTX)
18988 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc,
18989 GET_MODE (tlocc) == VOIDmode
18990 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tlocc),
18992 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
18994 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered,
19000 call_site_note_count++;
19001 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
19002 tail_call_site_note_count++;
19006 call_arg_locations = NULL;
19007 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
19008 if (tail_call_site_count >= 0
19009 && tail_call_site_count == tail_call_site_note_count
19012 if (call_site_count >= 0
19013 && call_site_count == call_site_note_count)
19014 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites, 1);
19016 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites, 1);
19018 call_site_count = -1;
19019 tail_call_site_count = -1;
19022 if (subr_die != old_die)
19023 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
19024 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19027 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
19030 block_die_hasher::hash (die_struct *d)
19032 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
19035 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
19036 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
19039 block_die_hasher::equal (die_struct *x, die_struct *y)
19041 return x->decl_id == y->decl_id && x->die_parent == y->die_parent;
19044 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
19045 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
19048 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19050 HOST_WIDE_INT off = 0;
19052 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19053 tree ultimate_origin;
19054 dw_die_ref var_die;
19055 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
19056 dw_die_ref origin_die;
19057 bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
19058 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
19059 bool specialization_p = false;
19061 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19062 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
19063 origin = ultimate_origin;
19064 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
19066 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19067 of a data member. */
19070 dw_die_ref com_die;
19071 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
19072 die_node com_die_arg;
19074 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19077 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
19079 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2, NULL);
19084 /* Optimize the common case. */
19085 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
19086 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
19087 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
19088 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
19091 rtx x = loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr;
19092 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
19093 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x), x , off);
19096 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
19098 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19099 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19105 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
19106 common_block_die_table = hash_table<block_die_hasher>::create_ggc (10);
19108 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
19109 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
19110 com_die = common_block_die_table->find (&com_die_arg);
19111 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2, NULL);
19112 if (com_die == NULL)
19115 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
19118 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
19119 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
19122 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19123 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19124 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19125 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2, NULL);
19127 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19128 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19129 if (want_pubnames ())
19130 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
19131 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
19132 slot = common_block_die_table->find_slot (com_die, INSERT);
19135 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
19137 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19138 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2, NULL);
19139 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19141 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
19142 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
19143 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), decl_quals (decl),
19145 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19150 /* Optimize the common case. */
19151 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
19152 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
19153 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
19154 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
19156 rtx x = loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr;
19157 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
19158 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x), x, off);
19161 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
19163 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
19165 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19166 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19167 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
19171 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19172 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19173 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19174 inside functions, though. */
19175 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
19178 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19179 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19180 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19181 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
19182 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
19184 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
19187 if (origin != NULL)
19188 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
19190 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19191 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19193 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19194 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT_P flag on them instead of
19197 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19199 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19200 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19201 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19203 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
19204 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
19206 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19207 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
19208 specialization_p = true;
19209 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
19211 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19212 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
19214 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
19215 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
19217 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
19218 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
19220 if (old_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_member)
19221 add_linkage_name (var_die, decl);
19225 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
19227 if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
19229 && !DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin)
19230 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin),
19231 decl_function_context
19232 (decl_or_origin))))
19234 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin);
19236 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19237 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED,
19240 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, decl_quals (decl_or_origin),
19244 if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
19246 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19247 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19249 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19250 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19252 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die, decl);
19256 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19258 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl) || declaration || old_die == NULL))
19259 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
19262 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin)
19263 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19264 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19266 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
19267 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
19268 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
19269 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19270 to add it again. */
19271 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
19273 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
19274 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
19275 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
19277 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl_or_origin,
19278 decl == NULL, DW_AT_location);
19279 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
19282 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
19285 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19288 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19290 dw_die_ref const_die;
19291 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19293 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
19294 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
19295 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, TYPE_QUAL_CONST, context_die);
19296 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
19297 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
19298 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19299 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19300 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
19303 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19306 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19308 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19309 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
19311 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19313 if (origin != NULL)
19314 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
19316 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
19318 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl))
19319 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
19322 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
19324 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19325 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19326 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19330 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
19332 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19333 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19334 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19335 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19336 it if it ever does happen. */
19337 gcc_assert (!as_a<rtx_insn *> (insn)->deleted ());
19339 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
19340 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
19344 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
19345 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn) != -1)
19347 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
19348 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
19353 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19354 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19355 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19358 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
19360 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
19362 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19364 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
19365 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
19370 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19371 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19374 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
19376 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19378 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
19379 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19381 tree chain, superblock = NULL_TREE;
19383 dw_attr_ref attr = NULL;
19385 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
19387 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
19388 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19389 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
19392 /* Optimize duplicate .debug_ranges lists or even tails of
19393 lists. If this BLOCK has same ranges as its supercontext,
19394 lookup DW_AT_ranges attribute in the supercontext (and
19395 recursively so), verify that the ranges_table contains the
19396 right values and use it instead of adding a new .debug_range. */
19397 for (chain = stmt, pdie = die;
19398 BLOCK_SAME_RANGE (chain);
19399 chain = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain))
19401 dw_attr_ref new_attr;
19403 pdie = pdie->die_parent;
19406 if (BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain) == NULL_TREE)
19408 new_attr = get_AT (pdie, DW_AT_ranges);
19409 if (new_attr == NULL
19410 || new_attr->dw_attr_val.val_class != dw_val_class_range_list)
19413 superblock = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain);
19416 && (ranges_table[attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset
19417 / 2 / DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE].num
19418 == BLOCK_NUMBER (superblock))
19419 && BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock))
19421 unsigned long off = attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset
19422 / 2 / DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
19423 unsigned long supercnt = 0, thiscnt = 0;
19424 for (chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock);
19425 chain; chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain))
19428 gcc_checking_assert (ranges_table[off + supercnt].num
19429 == BLOCK_NUMBER (chain));
19431 gcc_checking_assert (ranges_table[off + supercnt + 1].num == 0);
19432 for (chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
19433 chain; chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain))
19435 gcc_assert (supercnt >= thiscnt);
19436 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges,
19437 ((off + supercnt - thiscnt)
19438 * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE),
19443 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt), false);
19445 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
19448 add_ranges (chain);
19449 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
19456 char label_high[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
19457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
19458 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19459 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_high, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
19460 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
19461 add_AT_low_high_pc (die, label, label_high, false);
19465 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19468 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die)
19470 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
19472 if (call_arg_locations)
19474 if (block_map.length () <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
19475 block_map.safe_grow_cleared (BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
19476 block_map[BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)] = stmt_die;
19479 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19480 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
19482 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die);
19485 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19488 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die)
19492 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19494 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
19496 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
19498 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19499 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19500 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19501 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19502 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19504 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19506 dw_die_ref subr_die
19507 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
19509 if (call_arg_locations)
19511 if (block_map.length () <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
19512 block_map.safe_grow_cleared (BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
19513 block_map[BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)] = subr_die;
19515 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19516 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19517 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19518 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19520 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die);
19524 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19527 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19529 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19531 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
19534 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
19535 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
19536 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
19537 decl_quals (decl), context_die);
19539 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
19541 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19542 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19543 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19546 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
19547 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19549 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19550 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19552 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19554 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19555 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
19559 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19560 Use modified_type_die instead.
19561 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19562 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19565 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19568 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19570 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19571 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED,
19573 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19576 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19577 Use modified_type_die instead.
19578 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19579 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19582 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19584 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19586 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
19587 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19589 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19591 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
19592 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED,
19594 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19598 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19601 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19604 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
19605 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19607 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19608 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19609 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
19610 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED,
19614 typedef const char *dchar_p; /* For DEF_VEC_P. */
19616 static char *producer_string;
19618 /* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
19619 if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
19622 gen_producer_string (void)
19625 auto_vec<dchar_p> switches;
19626 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
19627 char *producer, *tail;
19629 size_t len = dwarf_record_gcc_switches ? 0 : 3;
19630 size_t plen = strlen (language_string) + 1 + strlen (version_string);
19632 for (j = 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches && j < save_decoded_options_count; j++)
19633 switch (save_decoded_options[j].opt_index)
19640 case OPT_auxbase_strip:
19649 case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown:
19650 case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore:
19651 case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name:
19652 case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file:
19653 case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches:
19654 case OPT_gno_record_gcc_switches:
19655 case OPT__output_pch_:
19656 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_:
19657 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option:
19658 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_caret:
19659 case OPT_fdiagnostics_color_:
19660 case OPT_fverbose_asm:
19662 case OPT__sysroot_:
19664 case OPT_nostdinc__:
19665 case OPT_fpreprocessed:
19666 case OPT_fltrans_output_list_:
19667 case OPT_fresolution_:
19668 /* Ignore these. */
19671 if (cl_options[save_decoded_options[j].opt_index].flags
19672 & CL_NO_DWARF_RECORD)
19674 gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][0]
19676 switch (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][1])
19683 if (strncmp (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0] + 2,
19690 switches.safe_push (save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text);
19691 len += strlen (save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text) + 1;
19695 producer = XNEWVEC (char, plen + 1 + len + 1);
19697 sprintf (tail, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
19700 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (switches, j, p)
19704 memcpy (tail + 1, p, len);
19712 /* Given a C and/or C++ language/version string return the "highest".
19713 C++ is assumed to be "higher" than C in this case. Used for merging
19714 LTO translation unit languages. */
19715 static const char *
19716 highest_c_language (const char *lang1, const char *lang2)
19718 if (strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang1) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang2) == 0)
19719 return "GNU C++14";
19720 if (strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang1) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang2) == 0)
19721 return "GNU C++11";
19722 if (strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang1) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang2) == 0)
19723 return "GNU C++98";
19725 if (strcmp ("GNU C11", lang1) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C11", lang2) == 0)
19727 if (strcmp ("GNU C99", lang1) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C99", lang2) == 0)
19729 if (strcmp ("GNU C89", lang1) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C89", lang2) == 0)
19732 gcc_unreachable ();
19736 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19739 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
19742 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
19745 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
19749 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
19750 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19751 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
19752 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
19755 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer_string ? producer_string : "");
19757 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
19758 from the global list of translation units. */
19759 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
19763 const char *common_lang = NULL;
19765 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units, i, t)
19767 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t))
19770 common_lang = TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t);
19771 else if (strcmp (common_lang, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t)) == 0)
19773 else if (strncmp (common_lang, "GNU C", 5) == 0
19774 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
19775 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
19776 common_lang = highest_c_language (common_lang,
19777 TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t));
19780 /* Fall back to C. */
19781 common_lang = NULL;
19787 language_string = common_lang;
19790 language = DW_LANG_C;
19791 if (strncmp (language_string, "GNU C", 5) == 0
19792 && ISDIGIT (language_string[5]))
19794 language = DW_LANG_C89;
19795 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19797 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C89") != 0)
19798 language = DW_LANG_C99;
19800 if (dwarf_version >= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
19801 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C11") == 0)
19802 language = DW_LANG_C11;
19805 else if (strncmp (language_string, "GNU C++", 7) == 0)
19807 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
19808 if (dwarf_version >= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
19810 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++11") == 0)
19811 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11;
19812 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++14") == 0)
19813 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14;
19816 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
19817 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
19818 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19819 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
19820 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19822 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19823 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
19824 else if (strncmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
19826 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
19827 if (dwarf_version >= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
19829 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran2003") == 0)
19830 language = DW_LANG_Fortran03;
19831 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran2008") == 0)
19832 language = DW_LANG_Fortran08;
19835 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
19836 language = DW_LANG_Java;
19837 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19838 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
19839 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19840 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
19841 else if (dwarf_version >= 5 || !dwarf_strict)
19843 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Go") == 0)
19844 language = DW_LANG_Go;
19847 /* Use a degraded Fortran setting in strict DWARF2 so is_fortran works. */
19848 else if (strncmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
19849 language = DW_LANG_Fortran90;
19851 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
19855 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
19856 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
19857 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
19858 case DW_LANG_Fortran03:
19859 case DW_LANG_Fortran08:
19860 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19861 lowercases everything. */
19862 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
19865 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19871 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19874 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
19876 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
19878 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, context_die);
19879 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
19881 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
19882 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
19884 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
19885 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
19886 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
19887 if (access == access_public_node)
19889 if (dwarf_version == 2
19890 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
19891 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
19893 else if (access == access_protected_node)
19894 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19895 else if (dwarf_version > 2
19896 && context_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
19897 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
19900 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19903 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19906 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
19909 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19910 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19911 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19912 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19913 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19914 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19915 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19916 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19917 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19918 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19919 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19921 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19924 vec<tree, va_gc> *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
19928 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
19929 gen_inheritance_die (base,
19930 (accesses ? (*accesses)[i] : access_public_node),
19934 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19935 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
19937 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19938 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19939 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19940 do put them in the right order. */
19942 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19944 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19946 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19949 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19950 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
19952 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19953 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
19956 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19958 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19960 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19964 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19965 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19966 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19969 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19970 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19972 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19973 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
19975 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
19976 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19977 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
19978 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
19979 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
19981 if (type_die && ! complete)
19984 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19985 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19986 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
19989 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19991 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19992 if (!type_die && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19993 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type);
19995 if (! type_die || (nested && is_cu_die (scope_die)))
19996 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19998 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
20000 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
20001 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
20003 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
20005 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
20007 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
20010 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
20012 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
20013 then give a list of members. */
20014 if (complete && !ns_decl)
20016 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
20017 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
20018 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20019 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
20020 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
20022 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
20023 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
20026 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
20027 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
20028 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
20029 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
20031 push_decl_scope (type);
20032 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
20035 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
20036 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
20037 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
20039 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
20040 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
20042 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
20044 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
20045 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
20046 lookup_type_die (vtype));
20051 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20053 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
20054 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
20055 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
20056 vec_safe_push (incomplete_types, type);
20059 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
20060 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
20063 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
20066 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
20068 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
20069 dw_die_ref subr_die
20070 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
20071 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
20073 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
20074 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
20075 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED, context_die);
20076 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
20078 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
20079 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
20082 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
20085 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20087 dw_die_ref type_die;
20090 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
20093 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
20094 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
20095 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
20096 if (origin != NULL)
20097 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
20102 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
20103 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
20105 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
20107 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
20108 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
20112 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
20114 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
20116 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
20117 an anonymous type, e.g:
20118 typedef struct {...} foo;
20119 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
20120 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
20121 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
20124 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
20125 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
20126 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
20127 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
20128 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
20129 anonymous struct DIE. */
20130 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20131 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
20133 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
20134 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
20135 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
20136 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
20137 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
20138 this debug info. */
20139 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type), decl);
20143 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, decl_quals (decl), context_die);
20145 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl))
20146 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
20147 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
20149 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
20151 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, decl);
20154 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl))
20155 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
20157 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
20158 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
20161 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
20164 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type,
20165 dw_die_ref context_die,
20166 enum debug_info_usage usage)
20170 if (type == NULL_TREE
20171 || !is_tagged_type (type))
20174 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
20175 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
20176 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
20177 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
20178 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
20179 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
20180 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
20181 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20182 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
20184 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
20186 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20189 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
20190 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20191 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20194 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
20195 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
20197 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
20198 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
20199 decls_for_scope. */
20200 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20201 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
20203 if (context_die && is_declaration_die (context_die))
20204 context_die = NULL;
20209 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
20213 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
20215 /* This might have been written out by the call to
20216 declare_in_namespace. */
20217 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20218 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
20221 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
20226 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
20227 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
20228 when appropriate. */
20231 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
20234 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
20235 enum debug_info_usage usage)
20237 struct array_descr_info info;
20239 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
20242 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL_TREE
20243 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
20244 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type))
20245 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
20246 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
20247 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
20248 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
20250 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type));
20252 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
20253 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
20254 if (typedef_variant_p (type))
20256 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20259 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
20260 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
20262 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
20263 context_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
20265 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20267 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
20271 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
20272 generate debug info for the typedef. */
20273 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
20275 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20276 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20277 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
20278 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20279 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
20281 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
20285 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
20286 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
20287 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
20288 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
20289 cloned type itself). */
20290 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
20291 type = type_main_variant (type);
20293 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
20294 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
20295 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info)
20297 memset (&info, 0, sizeof (info));
20298 if (lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info))
20300 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
20301 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20306 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
20309 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
20315 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
20316 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
20317 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
20318 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
20319 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
20321 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20323 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
20324 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
20325 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20326 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
20330 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
20331 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
20332 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
20333 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
20335 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
20336 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20337 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
20339 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
20341 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
20344 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
20345 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20346 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20347 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
20348 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
20352 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20353 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
20354 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
20355 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
20359 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
20363 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
20366 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
20369 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
20370 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
20376 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
20379 case POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE:
20380 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20385 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20387 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
20388 if (type_die == NULL)
20390 tree name = TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type);
20391 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die (),
20393 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20394 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
20400 if (is_cxx_auto (type))
20402 tree name = TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type);
20403 dw_die_ref *die = (name == get_identifier ("auto")
20404 ? &auto_die : &decltype_auto_die);
20407 *die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type,
20408 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE);
20409 add_name_attribute (*die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20411 equate_type_number_to_die (type, *die);
20414 gcc_unreachable ();
20417 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
20421 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
20423 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
20426 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20427 things which are local to the given block. */
20430 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die)
20432 int must_output_die = 0;
20435 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20436 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
20439 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
20441 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20442 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20443 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20444 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
20448 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
20449 gen_block_die (sub, context_die);
20454 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20457 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20458 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20459 must_output_die = 1;
20462 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20463 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20464 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20465 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20466 as being a "significant" one. */
20467 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
20468 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
20469 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
20470 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
20471 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
20472 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
20473 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
20474 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
20475 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
20476 must_output_die = 1;
20479 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20480 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20481 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20482 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20483 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20484 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20485 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20486 if (must_output_die)
20490 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20491 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20492 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20493 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20494 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20495 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20496 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20497 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20499 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20500 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20501 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20502 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20503 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
20504 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die);
20507 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die);
20510 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die);
20513 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20514 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20516 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
20519 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
20521 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
20522 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
20523 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
20524 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
20525 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
20529 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
20530 add_child_die (context_die, die);
20531 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
20532 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
20533 stmt, context_die);
20535 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
20538 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20539 all of its sub-blocks. */
20542 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die)
20548 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20549 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
20552 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20553 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20554 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20555 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. We don't
20556 have to do this if we're at -g1. */
20557 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20559 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
20560 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
20561 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
20562 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
20566 /* Even if we're at -g1, we need to process the subblocks in order to get
20567 inlined call information. */
20569 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20570 therein) of this block. */
20571 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
20573 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
20574 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die);
20577 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20580 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
20582 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
20585 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
20586 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
20587 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
20588 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
20589 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
20590 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20596 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20597 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20600 typedef struct {...} foo;
20602 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20603 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20607 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl)
20609 if (decl == NULL_TREE
20610 || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
20611 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))
20612 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)
20613 || is_redundant_typedef (decl)
20614 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20615 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20616 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20620 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE
20621 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl
20622 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))
20623 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
20626 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20628 static inline dw_die_ref
20629 get_context_die (tree context)
20633 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20634 if (TYPE_P (context))
20636 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context);
20637 return strip_naming_typedef (context, force_type_die (context));
20640 return force_decl_die (context);
20642 return comp_unit_die ();
20645 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20648 force_decl_die (tree decl)
20650 dw_die_ref decl_die;
20651 unsigned saved_external_flag;
20652 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
20653 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20656 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20658 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20662 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20664 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20665 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
20666 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
20667 declaration die. */
20668 save_fn = current_function_decl;
20669 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
20670 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20671 current_function_decl = save_fn;
20675 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
20676 gen_decl_die() call. */
20677 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
20678 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
20679 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20680 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
20683 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20684 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20685 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20687 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
20688 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
20691 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL:
20692 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
20696 gcc_unreachable ();
20699 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
20701 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20702 gcc_assert (decl_die);
20708 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
20709 always returned. */
20712 force_type_die (tree type)
20714 dw_die_ref type_die;
20716 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
20719 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
20721 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (type),
20723 gcc_assert (type_die);
20728 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20729 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20732 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20734 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
20735 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
20736 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20737 /* Force out the namespace. */
20738 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
20740 return context_die;
20743 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20744 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20746 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20747 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20750 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20752 dw_die_ref ns_context;
20754 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20755 return context_die;
20757 /* External declarations in the local scope only need to be emitted
20758 once, not once in the namespace and once in the scope.
20760 This avoids declaring the `extern' below in the
20761 namespace DIE as well as in the innermost scope:
20774 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_EXTERNAL (thing) && local_scope_p (context_die))
20775 return context_die;
20777 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20778 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20779 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20780 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
20781 return context_die;
20783 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
20785 if (ns_context != context_die)
20789 if (DECL_P (thing))
20790 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
20792 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
20794 return context_die;
20797 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20800 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20802 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
20804 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20805 they are an alias of. */
20806 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
20808 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20809 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
20810 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
20811 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
20812 context_die, decl);
20813 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20814 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20816 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
20818 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
20821 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20822 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20823 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20824 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20828 /* Output a namespace alias. */
20830 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
20831 dw_die_ref origin_die
20832 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20834 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl)
20835 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20836 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
20837 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
20838 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
20839 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20840 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
20841 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20843 /* Bypass dwarf2_name's check for DECL_NAMELESS. */
20844 if (want_pubnames ())
20845 add_pubname_string (lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, 1), namespace_die);
20848 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
20849 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
20850 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
20853 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
20855 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
20856 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
20858 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
20861 /* Ignore pointer bounds decls. */
20862 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin)
20863 && TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)
20864 && POINTER_BOUNDS_P (decl_or_origin))
20867 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
20873 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
20875 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
20876 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
20880 /* Emit its type. */
20881 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20883 /* And its containing namespace. */
20884 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20886 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
20889 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20890 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20891 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20892 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20893 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin)
20894 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
20895 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
20900 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20901 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20902 if (current_function_decl != decl)
20903 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20906 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20907 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
20908 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20909 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
20910 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20912 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20913 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20914 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
20915 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl)
20916 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
20917 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20918 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20919 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20920 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20922 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
20923 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
20926 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20927 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20929 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20930 have its containing type. */
20932 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
20933 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20934 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
20936 /* And its return type. */
20937 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
20939 /* And its virtual context. */
20940 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20941 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
20943 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
20944 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20945 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
20947 /* And its containing namespace. */
20948 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20951 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20953 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20957 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20958 actual typedefs. */
20959 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20962 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20963 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20964 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20965 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20966 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20967 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20968 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20969 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20970 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20972 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20975 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
20976 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20978 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20979 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
20983 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
20984 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
20989 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20990 variable declarations or definitions. */
20991 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20994 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20996 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
20997 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20999 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
21001 /* And its containing type. */
21002 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
21003 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
21004 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
21006 /* And its containing namespace. */
21007 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
21009 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
21010 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
21011 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
21013 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
21014 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
21015 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
21016 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
21017 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21020 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
21024 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
21025 anonymous unions and structs. */
21026 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
21027 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
21028 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
21030 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
21031 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
21036 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
21037 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
21039 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
21040 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
21041 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21044 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
21045 case IMPORTED_DECL:
21046 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
21047 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
21050 case NAMELIST_DECL:
21051 gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl), context_die,
21052 NAMELIST_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl));
21056 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
21057 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
21064 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
21065 compilation proper has finished. */
21068 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
21070 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
21071 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
21072 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
21073 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
21074 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
21075 && !POINTER_BOUNDS_P (decl))
21076 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
21079 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
21080 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
21082 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
21085 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
21088 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21089 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
21090 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
21091 that DECL belongs to.
21092 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
21094 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
21096 tree lexical_block,
21097 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
21099 expanded_location xloc;
21100 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
21101 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
21103 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
21105 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
21106 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
21110 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
21112 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
21114 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
21115 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
21116 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
21117 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
21118 if (!at_import_die)
21120 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
21121 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
21122 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
21123 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
21128 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
21129 if (!at_import_die)
21131 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
21132 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
21133 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
21135 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
21137 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
21138 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
21139 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
21140 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
21142 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
21143 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
21145 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMELIST_DECL)
21146 at_import_die = gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl),
21147 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)),
21150 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
21154 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
21156 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
21157 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
21164 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
21168 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
21169 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
21171 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
21172 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
21173 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
21176 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21177 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
21178 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
21179 importing whole module. */
21182 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
21185 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
21186 dw_die_ref scope_die;
21188 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21193 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
21194 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
21197 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
21198 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
21200 && TYPE_P (context)
21201 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
21204 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21207 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
21211 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
21212 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
21213 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
21214 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
21217 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
21218 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
21222 /* Output debug information for namelists. */
21225 gen_namelist_decl (tree name, dw_die_ref scope_die, tree item_decls)
21227 dw_die_ref nml_die, nml_item_die, nml_item_ref_die;
21231 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21234 gcc_assert (scope_die != NULL);
21235 nml_die = new_die (DW_TAG_namelist, scope_die, NULL);
21236 add_AT_string (nml_die, DW_AT_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
21238 /* If there are no item_decls, we have a nondefining namelist, e.g.
21239 with USE association; hence, set DW_AT_declaration. */
21240 if (item_decls == NULL_TREE)
21242 add_AT_flag (nml_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
21246 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (item_decls), i, value)
21248 nml_item_ref_die = lookup_decl_die (value);
21249 if (!nml_item_ref_die)
21250 nml_item_ref_die = force_decl_die (value);
21252 nml_item_die = new_die (DW_TAG_namelist_item, nml_die, NULL);
21253 add_AT_die_ref (nml_item_die, DW_AT_namelist_items, nml_item_ref_die);
21259 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21262 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
21264 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die ();
21266 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
21271 case FUNCTION_DECL:
21272 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
21273 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
21274 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
21275 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
21276 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
21277 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
21278 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
21279 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
21280 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
21281 with the definition of the function.
21283 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
21284 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
21285 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
21286 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
21287 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
21288 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
21289 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
21290 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
21291 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
21292 that they *are* definitions).
21294 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
21295 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
21296 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
21297 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
21298 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas.
21300 If we are called from dwarf2out_abstract_function output a DIE
21301 anyway. We can end up here this way with early inlining and LTO
21302 where the inlined function is output in a different LTRANS unit
21304 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
21305 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl))
21308 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
21309 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
21310 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
21311 if (decl_function_context (decl)
21312 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
21313 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21314 context_die = NULL;
21318 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
21319 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
21320 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
21321 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
21322 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
21323 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
21324 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
21325 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
21326 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
21329 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
21330 if (TREE_STATIC (decl)
21331 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
21332 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == FUNCTION_DECL)
21333 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
21335 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21336 variable declarations or definitions. */
21337 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21342 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21344 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21346 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
21347 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
21350 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
21351 case IMPORTED_DECL:
21352 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21354 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
21359 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
21360 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
21363 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
21364 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
21365 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
21368 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
21369 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
21372 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
21373 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
21374 if (decl_function_context (decl))
21375 context_die = NULL;
21379 case NAMELIST_DECL:
21386 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
21389 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21392 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
21394 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
21395 call_arg_locations = NULL;
21396 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
21397 call_site_count = -1;
21398 tail_call_site_count = -1;
21399 block_map.release ();
21400 decl_loc_table->empty ();
21401 cached_dw_loc_list_table->empty ();
21404 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
21405 a lexical block. */
21408 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21409 unsigned int blocknum)
21411 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21412 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
21415 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
21419 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
21421 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21422 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
21425 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
21426 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
21428 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
21429 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
21430 we may end up calling them anyway. */
21433 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
21438 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
21439 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
21440 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
21442 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
21444 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
21445 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
21446 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
21453 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
21456 dwarf_file_hasher::equal (dwarf_file_data *p1, const char *p2)
21458 return filename_cmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
21462 dwarf_file_hasher::hash (dwarf_file_data *p)
21464 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
21467 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21468 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21469 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21470 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21471 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21472 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21473 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21474 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21475 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21478 static struct dwarf_file_data *
21479 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
21481 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
21483 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21484 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21485 if (file_table_last_lookup
21486 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
21487 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
21488 return file_table_last_lookup;
21490 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21491 dwarf_file_data **slot
21492 = file_table->find_slot_with_hash (file_name, htab_hash_string (file_name),
21497 created = ggc_alloc<dwarf_file_data> ();
21498 created->filename = file_name;
21499 created->emitted_number = 0;
21504 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21505 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21506 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21507 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21508 types, which may include filenames. */
21511 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
21513 if (! fd->emitted_number)
21515 if (last_emitted_file)
21516 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
21518 fd->emitted_number = 1;
21519 last_emitted_file = fd;
21521 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21523 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
21524 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
21525 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
21526 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
21530 return fd->emitted_number;
21533 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21534 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21535 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21538 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
21540 die_arg_entry entry;
21545 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
21546 vec_alloc (tmpl_value_parm_die_table, 32);
21550 vec_safe_push (tmpl_value_parm_die_table, entry);
21553 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
21557 generic_type_p (tree t)
21559 if (t == NULL_TREE || !TYPE_P (t))
21561 return lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t) != NULL_TREE;
21564 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
21565 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
21566 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
21569 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t)
21571 if (!generic_type_p (t))
21574 if (!generic_type_instances)
21575 vec_alloc (generic_type_instances, 256);
21577 vec_safe_push (generic_type_instances, t);
21580 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21581 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21582 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21585 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21587 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
21592 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e)
21593 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
21597 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
21598 that have been previously scheduled by
21599 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
21600 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
21603 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
21608 if (!generic_type_instances)
21611 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*generic_type_instances, i, t)
21612 if (COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t))
21613 gen_generic_params_dies (t);
21617 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21620 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
21626 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
21630 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
21634 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
21637 struct indirect_string_node *node;
21639 node = find_AT_string (dname);
21640 /* replace the string. */
21641 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
21645 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
21648 /* True if before or during processing of the first function being emitted. */
21649 static bool in_first_function_p = true;
21650 /* True if loc_note during dwarf2out_var_location call might still be
21651 before first real instruction at address equal to .Ltext0. */
21652 static bool maybe_at_text_label_p = true;
21653 /* One above highest N where .LVLN label might be equal to .Ltext0 label. */
21654 static unsigned int first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label;
21656 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21657 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21658 our lookup table. */
21661 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn *loc_note)
21663 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
21664 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
21665 rtx_insn *next_real, *next_note;
21666 static const char *last_label;
21667 static const char *last_postcall_label;
21668 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
21669 static rtx_insn *expected_next_loc_note;
21673 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note))
21675 if (CALL_P (loc_note))
21678 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note))
21679 tail_call_site_count++;
21684 var_loc_p = NOTE_KIND (loc_note) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION;
21685 if (var_loc_p && !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
21688 /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
21689 notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
21690 next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
21691 calculation for next time. */
21692 next_real = cached_next_real_insn;
21695 if (expected_next_loc_note != loc_note)
21699 next_note = NEXT_INSN (loc_note);
21701 || next_note->deleted ()
21702 || ! NOTE_P (next_note)
21703 || (NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
21704 && NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION))
21708 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
21712 expected_next_loc_note = next_note;
21713 cached_next_real_insn = next_real;
21716 cached_next_real_insn = NULL;
21718 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21719 don't do anything. */
21721 && next_real == NULL_RTX
21722 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
21725 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
21726 next_real = get_last_insn ();
21728 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21729 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21730 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21731 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
21732 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
21733 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
21736 last_postcall_label = NULL;
21741 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
21742 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
21743 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
21744 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
21745 if (newloc == NULL)
21754 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21755 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21756 create a new label and emit it. */
21757 if (last_label == NULL)
21759 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
21760 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
21762 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
21763 /* See if loclabel might be equal to .Ltext0. If yes,
21764 bump first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label. */
21765 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21766 && in_first_function_p
21767 && maybe_at_text_label_p)
21769 static rtx_insn *last_start;
21771 for (insn = loc_note; insn; insn = previous_insn (insn))
21772 if (insn == last_start)
21774 else if (!NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn))
21778 rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
21779 if (GET_CODE (body) == USE || GET_CODE (body) == CLOBBER)
21781 /* Inline asm could occupy zero bytes. */
21782 else if (GET_CODE (body) == ASM_INPUT
21783 || asm_noperands (body) >= 0)
21785 #ifdef HAVE_attr_length
21786 else if (get_attr_min_length (insn) == 0)
21791 /* Assume insn has non-zero length. */
21792 maybe_at_text_label_p = false;
21796 if (maybe_at_text_label_p)
21798 last_start = loc_note;
21799 first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label = loclabel_num;
21806 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc
21807 = ggc_cleared_alloc<call_arg_loc_node> ();
21808 rtx_insn *prev = prev_real_insn (loc_note);
21810 ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note = loc_note;
21811 ca_loc->next = NULL;
21812 ca_loc->label = last_label;
21815 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
21816 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SEQUENCE
21817 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev), 0, 0)))));
21818 if (!CALL_P (prev))
21819 prev = as_a <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (prev))->insn (0);
21820 ca_loc->tail_call_p = SIBLING_CALL_P (prev);
21821 x = get_call_rtx_from (PATTERN (prev));
21824 x = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
21825 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
21826 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)
21827 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)) == FUNCTION_DECL)
21828 ca_loc->symbol_ref = x;
21830 ca_loc->block = insn_scope (prev);
21831 if (call_arg_locations)
21832 call_arg_loc_last->next = ca_loc;
21834 call_arg_locations = ca_loc;
21835 call_arg_loc_last = ca_loc;
21837 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
21838 newloc->label = last_label;
21841 if (!last_postcall_label)
21843 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
21844 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
21846 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
21849 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
21850 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
21853 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
21856 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (var_loc_list **slot, void *)
21858 var_loc_list *list = *slot;
21860 list->last_before_switch
21861 = list->last->next ? list->last->next : list->last;
21865 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
21868 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
21870 if (decl_loc_table == NULL)
21873 decl_loc_table->traverse<void *, var_location_switch_text_section_1> (NULL);
21876 /* Create a new line number table. */
21878 static dw_line_info_table *
21879 new_line_info_table (void)
21881 dw_line_info_table *table;
21883 table = ggc_cleared_alloc<dw_line_info_table_struct> ();
21884 table->file_num = 1;
21885 table->line_num = 1;
21886 table->is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
21891 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
21892 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
21895 set_cur_line_info_table (section *sec)
21897 dw_line_info_table *table;
21899 if (sec == text_section)
21900 table = text_section_line_info;
21901 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
21903 table = cold_text_section_line_info;
21906 cold_text_section_line_info = table = new_line_info_table ();
21907 table->end_label = cold_end_label;
21912 const char *end_label;
21914 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21916 if (in_cold_section_p)
21917 end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
21919 end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
21923 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
21924 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
21925 current_function_funcdef_no);
21926 end_label = ggc_strdup (label);
21929 table = new_line_info_table ();
21930 table->end_label = end_label;
21932 vec_safe_push (separate_line_info, table);
21935 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21936 table->is_stmt = (cur_line_info_table
21937 ? cur_line_info_table->is_stmt
21938 : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START);
21939 cur_line_info_table = table;
21943 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
21944 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
21945 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
21946 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
21949 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
21951 section *sec = function_section (fun);
21953 if (sec != text_section)
21954 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
21956 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && !cold_text_section)
21958 gcc_assert (current_function_decl == fun);
21959 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
21960 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
21961 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
21962 switch_to_section (sec);
21965 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21966 call_site_count = 0;
21967 tail_call_site_count = 0;
21969 set_cur_line_info_table (sec);
21972 /* Helper function of dwarf2out_end_function, called only after emitting
21973 the very first function into assembly. Check if some .debug_loc range
21974 might end with a .LVL* label that could be equal to .Ltext0.
21975 In that case we must force using absolute addresses in .debug_loc ranges,
21976 because this range could be .LVLN-.Ltext0 .. .LVLM-.Ltext0 for
21977 .LVLN == .LVLM == .Ltext0, thus 0 .. 0, which is a .debug_loc
21979 Set have_multiple_function_sections to true in that case and
21980 terminate htab traversal. */
21983 find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label (var_loc_list **slot, int)
21985 var_loc_list *entry = *slot;
21986 struct var_loc_node *node;
21988 node = entry->first;
21989 if (node && node->next && node->next->label)
21992 const char *label = node->next->label;
21993 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
21995 for (i = 0; i < first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label; i++)
21997 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", i);
21998 if (strcmp (label, loclabel) == 0)
22000 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
22008 /* Hook called after emitting a function into assembly.
22009 This does something only for the very first function emitted. */
22012 dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int)
22014 if (in_first_function_p
22015 && !have_multiple_function_sections
22016 && first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
22018 decl_loc_table->traverse<int, find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label> (0);
22019 in_first_function_p = false;
22020 maybe_at_text_label_p = false;
22023 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
22026 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table *table,
22027 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode, unsigned int val)
22029 dw_line_info_entry e;
22032 vec_safe_push (table->entries, e);
22035 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
22036 and record information relating to this source line, in
22037 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
22038 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
22041 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
22042 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
22044 unsigned int file_num;
22045 dw_line_info_table *table;
22047 if (debug_info_level < DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE || line == 0)
22050 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
22051 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
22052 if (dwarf_version < 4 && dwarf_strict)
22055 table = cur_line_info_table;
22056 file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
22058 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
22059 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
22060 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
22061 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
22062 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
22063 that second line number entry. */
22064 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
22065 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
22066 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
22067 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to precede the first insn
22068 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
22069 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
22070 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
22072 if (0 && file_num == table->file_num
22073 && line == table->line_num
22074 && discriminator == table->discrim_num
22075 && is_stmt == table->is_stmt)
22078 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22080 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
22081 if (flag_debug_asm)
22082 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, filename, line);
22084 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22086 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
22087 /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
22088 file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
22089 fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file);
22090 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, file_num);
22091 putc (' ', asm_out_file);
22092 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, line);
22093 putc (' ', asm_out_file);
22094 putc ('0', asm_out_file);
22096 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
22098 fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file);
22099 putc (is_stmt ? '1' : '0', asm_out_file);
22101 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
22103 gcc_assert (discriminator > 0);
22104 fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file);
22105 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, (unsigned long) discriminator);
22107 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
22111 unsigned int label_num = ++line_info_label_num;
22113 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL, label_num);
22115 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_address, label_num);
22116 if (file_num != table->file_num)
22117 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_file, file_num);
22118 if (discriminator != table->discrim_num)
22119 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_discriminator, discriminator);
22120 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
22121 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_negate_stmt, 0);
22122 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_line, line);
22125 table->file_num = file_num;
22126 table->line_num = line;
22127 table->discrim_num = discriminator;
22128 table->is_stmt = is_stmt;
22129 table->in_use = true;
22132 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
22135 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
22137 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
22139 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
22140 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
22142 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
22143 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
22146 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22149 e.code = DW_MACINFO_start_file;
22151 e.info = ggc_strdup (filename);
22152 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table, e);
22156 /* Record the end of a source file. */
22159 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22161 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
22162 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
22163 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
22165 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22168 e.code = DW_MACINFO_end_file;
22171 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table, e);
22175 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22176 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22177 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22180 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
22181 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22183 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22186 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
22187 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
22188 if (macinfo_table->is_empty () && lineno <= 1)
22193 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table, e);
22195 e.code = DW_MACINFO_define;
22197 e.info = ggc_strdup (buffer);
22198 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table, e);
22202 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22203 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22204 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22207 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
22208 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22210 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22213 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
22214 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
22215 if (macinfo_table->is_empty () && lineno <= 1)
22220 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table, e);
22222 e.code = DW_MACINFO_undef;
22224 e.info = ggc_strdup (buffer);
22225 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table, e);
22229 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
22231 struct macinfo_entry_hasher : typed_noop_remove <macinfo_entry>
22233 typedef macinfo_entry value_type;
22234 typedef macinfo_entry compare_type;
22235 static inline hashval_t hash (const value_type *);
22236 static inline bool equal (const value_type *, const compare_type *);
22240 macinfo_entry_hasher::hash (const value_type *entry)
22242 return htab_hash_string (entry->info);
22246 macinfo_entry_hasher::equal (const value_type *entry1,
22247 const compare_type *entry2)
22249 return !strcmp (entry1->info, entry2->info);
22252 typedef hash_table<macinfo_entry_hasher> macinfo_hash_type;
22254 /* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
22257 output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry *ref)
22261 struct indirect_string_node *node;
22262 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
22263 struct dwarf_file_data *fd;
22267 case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
22268 fd = lookup_filename (ref->info);
22269 file_num = maybe_emit_file (fd);
22270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
22271 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno,
22272 "Included from line number %lu",
22273 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
22274 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", ref->info);
22276 case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
22277 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
22279 case DW_MACINFO_define:
22280 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
22281 len = strlen (ref->info) + 1;
22283 && len > DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
22284 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
22285 && (debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) != 0)
22287 ref->code = ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
22288 ? DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
22289 : DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect;
22290 output_macinfo_op (ref);
22293 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
22294 ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
22295 ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
22296 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
22297 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
22298 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
22300 case DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect:
22301 case DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect:
22302 node = find_AT_string (ref->info);
22304 && ((node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
22305 || (node->form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index)));
22306 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
22307 ref->code == DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
22308 ? "Define macro indirect"
22309 : "Undefine macro indirect");
22310 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
22311 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
22312 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
22313 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->label,
22314 debug_str_section, "The macro: \"%s\"",
22317 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (node->index, "The macro: \"%s\"",
22320 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
22321 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code, "Transparent include");
22322 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
22323 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, ref->lineno);
22324 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, label, NULL, NULL);
22327 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
22328 ASM_COMMENT_START, (unsigned long) ref->code);
22333 /* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
22334 other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
22335 index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
22336 emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
22337 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entry referencing it.
22338 If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
22341 optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx, vec<macinfo_entry, va_gc> *files,
22342 macinfo_hash_type **macinfo_htab)
22344 macinfo_entry *first, *second, *cur, *inc;
22345 char linebuf[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) * 3 + 1];
22346 unsigned char checksum[16];
22347 struct md5_ctx ctx;
22348 char *grp_name, *tail;
22350 unsigned int i, count, encoded_filename_len, linebuf_len;
22351 macinfo_entry **slot;
22353 first = &(*macinfo_table)[idx];
22354 second = &(*macinfo_table)[idx + 1];
22356 /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
22357 and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
22358 with lineno {0,1} (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
22359 in some included header file. */
22360 if (second->code != DW_MACINFO_define && second->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
22362 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files))
22364 if (first->lineno > 1 || second->lineno > 1)
22367 else if (first->lineno == 0)
22370 /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
22371 with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
22372 codes, linenumbers and strings. */
22373 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
22374 for (i = idx; macinfo_table->iterate (i, &cur); i++)
22375 if (cur->code != DW_MACINFO_define && cur->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
22377 else if (vec_safe_is_empty (files) && cur->lineno > 1)
22381 unsigned char code = cur->code;
22382 md5_process_bytes (&code, 1, &ctx);
22383 checksum_uleb128 (cur->lineno, &ctx);
22384 md5_process_bytes (cur->info, strlen (cur->info) + 1, &ctx);
22386 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
22389 /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
22390 usable characters from its basename. */
22391 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files))
22394 base = lbasename (files->last ().info);
22395 for (encoded_filename_len = 0, i = 0; base[i]; i++)
22396 if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
22397 encoded_filename_len++;
22398 /* Count . at the end. */
22399 if (encoded_filename_len)
22400 encoded_filename_len++;
22402 sprintf (linebuf, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, first->lineno);
22403 linebuf_len = strlen (linebuf);
22405 /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
22406 grp_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len + linebuf_len + 1
22408 memcpy (grp_name, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
22409 tail = grp_name + 4;
22410 if (encoded_filename_len)
22412 for (i = 0; base[i]; i++)
22413 if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
22417 memcpy (tail, linebuf, linebuf_len);
22418 tail += linebuf_len;
22420 for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
22421 sprintf (tail + i * 2, "%02x", checksum[i] & 0xff);
22423 /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
22424 in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
22425 inc = &(*macinfo_table)[idx - 1];
22426 inc->code = DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include;
22428 inc->info = ggc_strdup (grp_name);
22429 if (!*macinfo_htab)
22430 *macinfo_htab = new macinfo_hash_type (10);
22431 /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
22432 slot = (*macinfo_htab)->find_slot (inc, INSERT);
22437 /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
22438 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op. */
22440 output_macinfo_op (inc);
22441 /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
22442 in the second pass. */
22443 for (i = idx; macinfo_table->iterate (i, &cur) && i < idx + count; i++)
22452 inc->lineno = (*macinfo_htab)->elements ();
22453 output_macinfo_op (inc);
22458 /* Save any strings needed by the macinfo table in the debug str
22459 table. All strings must be collected into the table by the time
22460 index_string is called. */
22463 save_macinfo_strings (void)
22467 macinfo_entry *ref;
22469 for (i = 0; macinfo_table && macinfo_table->iterate (i, &ref); i++)
22473 /* Match the logic in output_macinfo_op to decide on
22474 indirect strings. */
22475 case DW_MACINFO_define:
22476 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
22477 len = strlen (ref->info) + 1;
22479 && len > DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
22480 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
22481 && (debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) != 0)
22482 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref->info));
22484 case DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect:
22485 case DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect:
22486 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref->info));
22494 /* Output macinfo section(s). */
22497 output_macinfo (void)
22500 unsigned long length = vec_safe_length (macinfo_table);
22501 macinfo_entry *ref;
22502 vec<macinfo_entry, va_gc> *files = NULL;
22503 macinfo_hash_type *macinfo_htab = NULL;
22508 /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
22509 gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_define
22510 && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_undef
22511 && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_start_file
22512 && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_end_file);
22514 /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
22517 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
22518 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
22519 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
22521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
22522 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
22523 (!dwarf_split_debug_info ? debug_line_section_label
22524 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label),
22525 debug_line_section, NULL);
22528 /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
22529 and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
22530 If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
22531 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include, the
22532 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op is emitted and kept in
22533 the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
22534 whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
22535 for (i = 0; macinfo_table->iterate (i, &ref); i++)
22539 case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
22540 vec_safe_push (files, *ref);
22542 case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
22543 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (files))
22546 case DW_MACINFO_define:
22547 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
22549 && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
22550 && vec_safe_length (files) != 1
22553 && (*macinfo_table)[i - 1].code == 0)
22555 unsigned count = optimize_macinfo_range (i, files, &macinfo_htab);
22564 /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
22565 to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
22571 output_macinfo_op (ref);
22579 delete macinfo_htab;
22580 macinfo_htab = NULL;
22582 /* If any DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include were used, on those
22583 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entries terminate the
22584 current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
22585 section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
22586 for (i = 0; macinfo_table->iterate (i, &ref); i++)
22591 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
22593 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
22594 tree comdat_key = get_identifier (ref->info);
22595 /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
22596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22597 targetm.asm_out.named_section (DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
22599 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
22601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
22602 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL,
22604 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
22607 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
22608 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
22609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
22611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
22614 case DW_MACINFO_define:
22615 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
22616 output_macinfo_op (ref);
22621 gcc_unreachable ();
22625 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
22628 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
22630 /* This option is currently broken, see (PR53118 and PR46102). */
22631 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
22632 && strstr (lang_hooks.name, "C++"))
22634 warning (0, "-feliminate-dwarf2-dups is broken for C++, ignoring");
22635 flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups = 0;
22638 /* Allocate the file_table. */
22639 file_table = hash_table<dwarf_file_hasher>::create_ggc (50);
22641 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
22642 decl_die_table = hash_table<decl_die_hasher>::create_ggc (10);
22644 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
22645 decl_loc_table = hash_table<decl_loc_hasher>::create_ggc (10);
22647 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
22648 cached_dw_loc_list_table = hash_table<dw_loc_list_hasher>::create_ggc (10);
22650 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
22651 vec_alloc (decl_scope_table, 256);
22653 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
22654 abbrev_die_table = ggc_cleared_vec_alloc<dw_die_ref>
22655 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
22656 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
22657 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22658 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
22660 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
22661 vec_alloc (pubname_table, 32);
22662 vec_alloc (pubtype_table, 32);
22664 vec_alloc (incomplete_types, 64);
22666 vec_alloc (used_rtx_array, 32);
22668 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info)
22670 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
22671 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22672 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
22673 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22674 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
22675 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22679 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION,
22680 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE, NULL);
22681 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION,
22682 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE,
22684 debug_addr_section = get_section (DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION,
22685 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22686 debug_skeleton_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
22687 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22688 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
22689 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label,
22691 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22693 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections stay in
22694 the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the split off dwo. */
22695 debug_skeleton_line_section
22696 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION,
22697 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE, NULL);
22698 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label,
22699 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22700 debug_str_offsets_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION,
22701 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE,
22703 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label,
22704 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22705 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION,
22706 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE, NULL);
22707 debug_str_dwo_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION,
22708 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
22710 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
22711 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22712 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (dwarf_strict
22713 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
22714 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
22715 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
22716 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
22717 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22718 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
22719 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22720 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
22721 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22722 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
22723 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
22724 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
22725 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22726 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
22727 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
22729 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
22730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
22731 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22733 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
22734 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22735 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
22737 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
22738 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22739 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
22740 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
22742 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_addr_section_label,
22744 DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
22747 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
22748 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22749 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22751 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22752 vec_alloc (macinfo_table, 64);
22754 switch_to_section (text_section);
22755 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
22757 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
22758 text_section_line_info = new_line_info_table ();
22759 text_section_line_info->end_label = text_end_label;
22762 /* Called before compile () starts outputtting functions, variables
22763 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
22766 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
22768 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
22769 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
22770 && (!(flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
22771 || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2))
22772 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
22775 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22776 htab_traverse. Assign a string its index. All strings must be
22777 collected into the table by the time index_string is called,
22778 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
22779 in the same order for each run. */
22782 index_string (indirect_string_node **h, unsigned int *index)
22784 indirect_string_node *node = *h;
22786 find_string_form (node);
22787 if (node->form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index && node->refcount > 0)
22789 gcc_assert (node->index == NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED);
22790 node->index = *index;
22796 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings called through
22797 htab_traverse. Output the offset to a string and update the
22801 output_index_string_offset (indirect_string_node **h, unsigned int *offset)
22803 indirect_string_node *node = *h;
22805 if (node->form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index && node->refcount > 0)
22807 /* Assert that this node has been assigned an index. */
22808 gcc_assert (node->index != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
22809 && node->index != NOT_INDEXED);
22810 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, *offset,
22811 "indexed string 0x%x: %s", node->index, node->str);
22812 *offset += strlen (node->str) + 1;
22817 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22818 htab_traverse. Output the indexed string. */
22821 output_index_string (indirect_string_node **h, unsigned int *cur_idx)
22823 struct indirect_string_node *node = *h;
22825 if (node->form == DW_FORM_GNU_str_index && node->refcount > 0)
22827 /* Assert that the strings are output in the same order as their
22828 indexes were assigned. */
22829 gcc_assert (*cur_idx == node->index);
22830 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
22836 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22837 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
22840 output_indirect_string (indirect_string_node **h, void *)
22842 struct indirect_string_node *node = *h;
22844 node->form = find_string_form (node);
22845 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp && node->refcount > 0)
22847 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
22848 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
22854 /* Output the indexed string table. */
22857 output_indirect_strings (void)
22859 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
22860 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info)
22861 debug_str_hash->traverse<void *, output_indirect_string> (NULL);
22864 unsigned int offset = 0;
22865 unsigned int cur_idx = 0;
22867 skeleton_debug_str_hash->traverse<void *, output_indirect_string> (NULL);
22869 switch_to_section (debug_str_offsets_section);
22870 debug_str_hash->traverse_noresize
22871 <unsigned int *, output_index_string_offset> (&offset);
22872 switch_to_section (debug_str_dwo_section);
22873 debug_str_hash->traverse_noresize<unsigned int *, output_index_string>
22878 /* Callback for htab_traverse to assign an index to an entry in the
22879 table, and to write that entry to the .debug_addr section. */
22882 output_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry **slot, unsigned int *cur_index)
22884 addr_table_entry *entry = *slot;
22886 if (entry->refcount == 0)
22888 gcc_assert (entry->index == NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
22889 || entry->index == NOT_INDEXED);
22893 gcc_assert (entry->index == *cur_index);
22896 switch (entry->kind)
22899 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, entry->addr.rtl,
22900 "0x%x", entry->index);
22902 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel:
22903 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
22904 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
22907 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
22909 case ate_kind_label:
22910 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, entry->addr.label,
22911 "0x%x", entry->index);
22914 gcc_unreachable ();
22919 /* Produce the .debug_addr section. */
22922 output_addr_table (void)
22924 unsigned int index = 0;
22925 if (addr_index_table == NULL || addr_index_table->size () == 0)
22928 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section);
22930 ->traverse_noresize<unsigned int *, output_addr_table_entry> (&index);
22933 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22934 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
22937 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
22941 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
22942 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
22944 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22946 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
22947 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
22950 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
22956 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
22959 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
22960 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
22963 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
22968 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
22970 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
22972 /* A reference to another DIE.
22973 Make sure that it will get emitted.
22974 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
22975 if (! AT_ref (a)->comdat_type_p
22976 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification)
22977 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
22979 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
22980 accounts properly for it. */
22981 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
22982 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
22986 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
22989 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die)
22993 if (die == NULL || die->die_child == NULL)
22995 c = die->die_child;
22998 if (is_template_parameter (c))
22999 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
23001 } while (c && c != die->die_child);
23004 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
23005 to DIE's children. */
23008 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
23012 if (die->die_mark == 0)
23014 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
23016 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
23017 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
23019 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die);
23021 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
23022 (But we don't want to mark our parent's kids due to this,
23023 unless it is a class.) */
23024 if (die->die_parent)
23025 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent,
23026 class_scope_p (die->die_parent));
23028 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
23029 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
23031 /* If this node is a specification,
23032 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
23033 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
23034 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
23037 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
23039 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
23040 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
23043 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
23044 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
23045 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
23046 for all type definitions. */
23047 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
23048 || (use_debug_types
23049 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
23050 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
23052 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
23056 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
23057 and if so, mark them. */
23060 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
23064 if (die->die_mark == 2)
23067 switch (die->die_tag)
23069 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
23070 case DW_TAG_union_type:
23071 case DW_TAG_class_type:
23074 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
23075 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
23076 || die->die_definition != NULL)
23077 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
23084 /* Mark children. */
23085 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
23088 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
23091 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
23095 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
23096 children have been marked as well. */
23097 if (die->die_mark == 2)
23100 switch (die->die_tag)
23102 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
23103 case DW_TAG_union_type:
23104 case DW_TAG_class_type:
23105 if (die->die_perennial_p)
23108 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
23109 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
23112 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
23113 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
23114 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
23115 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
23116 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
23118 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
23120 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23123 case DW_TAG_const_type:
23124 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
23125 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
23126 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
23127 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
23128 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
23129 case DW_TAG_typedef:
23130 case DW_TAG_array_type:
23131 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
23132 case DW_TAG_friend:
23133 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
23134 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
23135 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
23136 case DW_TAG_string_type:
23137 case DW_TAG_set_type:
23138 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
23139 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
23140 case DW_TAG_file_type:
23141 if (die->die_perennial_p)
23144 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23148 /* Mark everything else. */
23152 if (die->die_mark == 0)
23156 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
23157 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
23162 /* Mark children. */
23163 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
23166 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
23170 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
23175 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
23176 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
23178 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
23180 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
23181 twice in the hash table. */
23183 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
23185 indirect_string_node **slot
23186 = debug_str_hash->find_slot_with_hash (s->str,
23187 htab_hash_string (s->str),
23189 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
23195 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
23198 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
23202 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
23203 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
23205 if (! die->die_child)
23208 c = die->die_child;
23210 dw_die_ref prev = c;
23211 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
23212 if (c == die->die_child)
23214 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
23216 /* No marked children at all. */
23217 die->die_child = NULL;
23220 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
23221 die->die_child = prev;
23226 if (c != prev->die_sib)
23228 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
23229 } while (c != die->die_child);
23232 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
23235 prune_unused_types (void)
23238 limbo_die_node *node;
23239 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
23241 dw_die_ref base_type;
23243 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
23244 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
23245 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
23246 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23247 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
23248 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23249 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
23250 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
23252 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
23253 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
23255 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
23256 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
23257 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23258 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
23259 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23261 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
23262 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
23265 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the pubname_table. Enumerators
23266 are unusual in that they are pubnames that are the children of pubtypes.
23267 They should only be marked via their parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die,
23268 not as roots in themselves. */
23269 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*pubname_table, i, pub)
23270 if (pub->die->die_tag != DW_TAG_enumerator)
23271 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
23272 for (i = 0; base_types.iterate (i, &base_type); i++)
23273 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type, 1);
23275 if (debug_str_hash)
23276 debug_str_hash->empty ();
23277 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash)
23278 skeleton_debug_str_hash->empty ();
23279 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
23280 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23281 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
23282 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23283 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
23285 /* Leave the marks clear. */
23286 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
23287 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
23288 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
23289 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
23290 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
23293 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
23296 file_table_relative_p (dwarf_file_data **slot, bool *p)
23298 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
23299 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
23307 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
23309 struct comdat_type_hasher : typed_noop_remove <comdat_type_node>
23311 typedef comdat_type_node value_type;
23312 typedef comdat_type_node compare_type;
23313 static inline hashval_t hash (const value_type *);
23314 static inline bool equal (const value_type *, const compare_type *);
23318 comdat_type_hasher::hash (const value_type *type_node)
23321 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
23326 comdat_type_hasher::equal (const value_type *type_node_1,
23327 const compare_type *type_node_2)
23329 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
23330 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
23333 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
23334 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
23335 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
23336 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
23337 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
23338 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
23341 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
23343 unsigned ix = vec_safe_length (die->die_attr);
23344 dw_attr_node linkage = (*die->die_attr)[ix - 1];
23346 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_linkage_name
23347 || linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
23351 dw_attr_node *prev = &(*die->die_attr)[ix - 1];
23353 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
23357 if (ix != vec_safe_length (die->die_attr) - 1)
23359 die->die_attr->pop ();
23360 die->die_attr->quick_insert (ix, linkage);
23364 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
23365 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
23368 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
23370 dw_die_ref base_type = NULL;
23372 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
23374 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
23376 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
23377 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
23378 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
23380 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
23381 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
23382 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
23385 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
23386 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
23388 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
23389 mark_base_types (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
23394 gcc_assert (base_type->die_parent == comp_unit_die ());
23395 if (base_type->die_mark)
23396 base_type->die_mark++;
23399 base_types.safe_push (base_type);
23400 base_type->die_mark = 1;
23405 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
23408 base_type_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
23410 dw_die_ref dx = *(const dw_die_ref *) x;
23411 dw_die_ref dy = *(const dw_die_ref *) y;
23412 unsigned int byte_size1, byte_size2;
23413 unsigned int encoding1, encoding2;
23414 if (dx->die_mark > dy->die_mark)
23416 if (dx->die_mark < dy->die_mark)
23418 byte_size1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_byte_size);
23419 byte_size2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_byte_size);
23420 if (byte_size1 < byte_size2)
23422 if (byte_size1 > byte_size2)
23424 encoding1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_encoding);
23425 encoding2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_encoding);
23426 if (encoding1 < encoding2)
23428 if (encoding1 > encoding2)
23433 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
23434 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
23435 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
23436 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
23437 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
23440 move_marked_base_types (void)
23443 dw_die_ref base_type, die, c;
23445 if (base_types.is_empty ())
23448 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
23450 base_types.qsort (base_type_cmp);
23451 die = comp_unit_die ();
23452 c = die->die_child;
23455 dw_die_ref prev = c;
23457 while (c->die_mark)
23459 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
23460 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
23461 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
23462 gcc_assert (c != c->die_sib);
23466 while (c != die->die_child);
23467 gcc_assert (die->die_child);
23468 c = die->die_child;
23469 for (i = 0; base_types.iterate (i, &base_type); i++)
23471 base_type->die_mark = 0;
23472 base_type->die_sib = c->die_sib;
23473 c->die_sib = base_type;
23478 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
23479 one CONST_STRING, return true if successful. Similarly verify that
23480 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
23483 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr)
23487 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
23489 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
23490 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
23491 tree tlen = size_int (len - 1);
23493 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
23494 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
23495 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
23497 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
23498 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
23499 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
23500 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
23502 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array, rtl);
23507 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
23508 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))
23510 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
23512 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))))
23515 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
23519 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
23521 subrtx_ptr_iterator::array_type array;
23522 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_PTR (iter, array, &XEXP (rtl, 0), ALL)
23523 if (!resolve_one_addr (*iter))
23530 /* For STRING_CST, return SYMBOL_REF of its constant pool entry,
23531 if possible, and create DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure that can be referenced
23532 from DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer if the string hasn't been seen yet. */
23535 string_cst_pool_decl (tree t)
23537 rtx rtl = output_constant_def (t, 1);
23538 unsigned char *array;
23539 dw_loc_descr_ref l;
23544 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
23546 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
23547 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF
23548 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl) == NULL_TREE)
23551 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
23552 if (!lookup_decl_die (decl))
23554 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t);
23555 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array, rtl);
23556 ref = new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure, comp_unit_die (), decl);
23557 array = ggc_vec_alloc<unsigned char> (len);
23558 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (t), len);
23559 l = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value, len, 0);
23560 l->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
23561 l->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = len;
23562 l->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 1;
23563 l->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
23564 add_AT_loc (ref, DW_AT_location, l);
23565 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, ref);
23570 /* Helper function of resolve_addr_in_expr. LOC is
23571 a DW_OP_addr followed by DW_OP_stack_value, either at the start
23572 of exprloc or after DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, and val_addr can't be
23573 resolved. Replace it (both DW_OP_addr and DW_OP_stack_value)
23574 with DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer if possible
23575 and return true, if unsuccessful, return false. */
23578 optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
23580 rtx rtl = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr;
23581 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
23582 dw_die_ref ref = NULL;
23585 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
23586 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == PLUS
23587 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 1)))
23589 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 1));
23590 rtl = XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0);
23592 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
23594 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
23595 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
23596 tree tlen = size_int (len - 1);
23599 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
23600 rtl = string_cst_pool_decl (t);
23604 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))
23606 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
23607 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
23609 ref = lookup_decl_die (decl);
23610 if (ref && (get_AT (ref, DW_AT_location)
23611 || get_AT (ref, DW_AT_const_value)))
23613 loc->dw_loc_opc = DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer;
23614 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
23615 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry = NULL;
23616 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
23617 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
23618 loc->dw_loc_next = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_next;
23619 loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = offset;
23627 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
23628 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
23629 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
23632 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
23634 dw_loc_descr_ref keep = NULL;
23635 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev = NULL; loc; prev = loc, loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
23636 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
23639 if (!resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr))
23642 || prev->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece
23643 || prev->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
23644 && loc->dw_loc_next
23645 && loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_stack_value
23647 && optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (loc))
23652 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index:
23653 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index:
23654 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
23655 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_const_index && loc->dtprel))
23657 rtx rtl = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry->addr.rtl;
23658 if (!resolve_one_addr (&rtl))
23660 remove_addr_table_entry (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry);
23661 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_entry =
23662 add_addr_table_entry (rtl, ate_kind_rtx);
23665 case DW_OP_const4u:
23666 case DW_OP_const8u:
23668 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr))
23671 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
23672 if (size_of_loc_descr (loc)
23673 > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
23675 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned > 0)
23677 dw_loc_descr_ref repl
23678 = int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
23679 add_loc_descr (&repl, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
23680 add_loc_descr (&repl, loc->dw_loc_next);
23684 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
23685 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
23686 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr))
23689 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
23690 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
23691 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref)
23694 = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref);
23697 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
23698 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
23699 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
23702 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
23703 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
23704 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
23705 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
23706 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
23707 while (loc->dw_loc_next
23708 && loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_convert)
23710 dw_die_ref base1, base2;
23711 unsigned enc1, enc2, size1, size2;
23712 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
23713 || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
23714 base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
23715 else if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
23716 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
23719 base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
23720 if (loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
23721 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
23723 base2 = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
23724 gcc_assert (base1->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type
23725 && base2->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type);
23726 enc1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_encoding);
23727 enc2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_encoding);
23728 size1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_byte_size);
23729 size2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_byte_size);
23731 && (((enc1 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc1 == DW_ATE_signed)
23732 && (enc2 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc2 == DW_ATE_signed)
23736 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_GNU_convert after
23737 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
23738 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
23739 || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
23740 loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
23742 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
23743 loc->dw_loc_next = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_next;
23746 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_GNU_convert after e.g. floating
23747 point typed stack entry. */
23748 else if (enc1 != DW_ATE_unsigned && enc1 != DW_ATE_signed)
23749 keep = loc->dw_loc_next;
23759 /* Helper function of resolve_addr. DIE had DW_AT_location of
23760 DW_OP_addr alone, which referred to DECL in DW_OP_addr's operand
23761 and DW_OP_addr couldn't be resolved. resolve_addr has already
23762 removed the DW_AT_location attribute. This function attempts to
23763 add a new DW_AT_location attribute with DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
23764 to it or DW_AT_const_value attribute, if possible. */
23767 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
23769 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
23770 || lookup_decl_die (decl) != die
23771 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
23772 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
23773 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
23774 || DECL_P (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
23775 || get_AT (die, DW_AT_const_value))
23778 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
23779 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
23780 /* For variables that have been optimized away and thus
23781 don't have a memory location, see if we can emit
23782 DW_AT_const_value instead. */
23783 if (tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, init))
23787 /* If init is ADDR_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR of ADDR_EXPR,
23788 and ADDR_EXPR refers to a decl that has DW_AT_location or
23789 DW_AT_const_value (but isn't addressable, otherwise
23790 resolving the original DW_OP_addr wouldn't fail), see if
23791 we can add DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer. */
23793 if (TREE_CODE (init) == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
23794 && tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (init, 1)))
23796 offset = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (init, 1));
23797 init = TREE_OPERAND (init, 0);
23800 if (TREE_CODE (init) != ADDR_EXPR)
23802 if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0)) == STRING_CST
23803 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0)))
23804 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0)) == VAR_DECL
23805 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0))
23806 && TREE_OPERAND (init, 0) != decl))
23809 dw_loc_descr_ref l;
23811 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0)) == STRING_CST)
23813 rtx rtl = string_cst_pool_decl (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0));
23816 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
23819 decl = TREE_OPERAND (init, 0);
23820 ref = lookup_decl_die (decl);
23822 || (!get_AT (ref, DW_AT_location)
23823 && !get_AT (ref, DW_AT_const_value)))
23825 l = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0, offset);
23826 l->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
23827 l->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
23828 l->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
23829 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, l);
23833 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
23834 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
23835 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
23836 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
23837 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
23838 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
23841 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
23845 dw_loc_list_ref *curr, *start, loc;
23848 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
23849 switch (AT_class (a))
23851 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
23852 start = curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
23855 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
23856 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
23858 *curr = loc->dw_loc_next;
23859 else if (!loc->resolved_addr)
23861 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
23862 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
23863 References must be identical or completely separate.
23864 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
23865 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
23866 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
23869 gcc_assert (!(*curr)->replaced && !(*curr)->resolved_addr);
23870 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
23872 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
23873 dw_loc_descr_ref l = (*curr)->expr;
23875 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
23877 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
23878 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
23880 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
23881 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l);
23886 mark_base_types ((*curr)->expr);
23887 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
23891 loc->resolved_addr = 1;
23895 loc->dw_loc_next = *start;
23900 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23904 case dw_val_class_loc:
23906 dw_loc_descr_ref l = AT_loc (a);
23907 /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
23908 DW_AT_data_member_location containing
23909 DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
23910 rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
23911 but shorter, location description. */
23912 if ((dwarf_version > 2
23913 || a->dw_attr != DW_AT_data_member_location
23915 || l->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_plus_uconst
23916 || l->dw_loc_next != NULL)
23917 && !resolve_addr_in_expr (l))
23919 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
23920 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l);
23922 && l->dw_loc_next == NULL
23923 && l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
23924 && GET_CODE (l->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF
23925 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
23926 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_location)
23928 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr);
23929 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23931 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (die, decl);
23934 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23938 mark_base_types (l);
23941 case dw_val_class_addr:
23942 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
23943 && !resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr))
23945 if (AT_index (a) != NOT_INDEXED)
23946 remove_addr_table_entry (a->dw_attr_val.val_entry);
23947 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23950 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
23951 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
23953 tree tdecl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr);
23954 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
23956 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl)
23957 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl) == NULL_TREE)
23959 force_decl_die (tdecl);
23960 tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
23964 a->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
23965 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = tdie;
23966 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
23970 if (AT_index (a) != NOT_INDEXED)
23971 remove_addr_table_entry (a->dw_attr_val.val_entry);
23972 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
23981 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
23984 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
23985 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
23988 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode into HSTATE. */
23991 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, inchash::hash &hstate)
23993 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
23994 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
23996 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
23998 case DW_OP_const4u:
23999 case DW_OP_const8u:
24003 case DW_OP_const1u:
24004 case DW_OP_const1s:
24005 case DW_OP_const2u:
24006 case DW_OP_const2s:
24007 case DW_OP_const4s:
24008 case DW_OP_const8s:
24012 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
24048 case DW_OP_deref_size:
24049 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
24050 hstate.add_object (val1->v.val_int);
24057 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
24058 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
24059 hstate.add_object (offset);
24062 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
24063 hstate.add_object (val1->v.val_unsigned);
24064 switch (val2->val_class)
24066 case dw_val_class_const:
24067 hstate.add_object (val2->v.val_int);
24069 case dw_val_class_vec:
24071 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
24072 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
24074 hstate.add_int (elt_size);
24075 hstate.add_int (len);
24076 hstate.add (val2->v.val_vec.array, len * elt_size);
24079 case dw_val_class_const_double:
24080 hstate.add_object (val2->v.val_double.low);
24081 hstate.add_object (val2->v.val_double.high);
24083 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
24084 hstate.add (val2->v.val_wide->get_val (),
24085 get_full_len (*val2->v.val_wide)
24086 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR);
24088 case dw_val_class_addr:
24089 inchash::add_rtx (val2->v.val_addr, hstate);
24092 gcc_unreachable ();
24096 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
24097 hstate.add_object (val1->v.val_int);
24098 hstate.add_object (val2->v.val_int);
24104 unsigned char dtprel = 0xd1;
24105 hstate.add_object (dtprel);
24107 inchash::add_rtx (val1->v.val_addr, hstate);
24109 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index:
24110 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index:
24114 unsigned char dtprel = 0xd1;
24115 hstate.add_object (dtprel);
24117 inchash::add_rtx (val1->val_entry->addr.rtl, hstate);
24120 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
24121 hstate.add_int (val2->v.val_int);
24123 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
24124 hstate.add_object (val1->v.val_loc);
24126 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
24127 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
24129 unsigned int byte_size
24130 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
24131 unsigned int encoding
24132 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
24133 hstate.add_object (val1->v.val_int);
24134 hstate.add_object (byte_size);
24135 hstate.add_object (encoding);
24138 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
24139 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
24140 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
24142 hstate.add_object (val1->v.val_unsigned);
24146 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
24148 unsigned int byte_size
24149 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
24150 unsigned int encoding
24151 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
24152 hstate.add_object (byte_size);
24153 hstate.add_object (encoding);
24154 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_GNU_const_type)
24156 hstate.add_object (val2->val_class);
24157 switch (val2->val_class)
24159 case dw_val_class_const:
24160 hstate.add_object (val2->v.val_int);
24162 case dw_val_class_vec:
24164 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
24165 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
24167 hstate.add_object (elt_size);
24168 hstate.add_object (len);
24169 hstate.add (val2->v.val_vec.array, len * elt_size);
24172 case dw_val_class_const_double:
24173 hstate.add_object (val2->v.val_double.low);
24174 hstate.add_object (val2->v.val_double.high);
24176 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
24177 hstate.add (val2->v.val_wide->get_val (),
24178 get_full_len (*val2->v.val_wide)
24179 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR);
24182 gcc_unreachable ();
24188 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24193 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC into HSTATE. */
24196 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, inchash::hash &hstate)
24198 dw_loc_descr_ref l;
24199 bool sizes_computed = false;
24200 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
24201 size_of_locs (loc);
24203 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
24205 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = l->dw_loc_opc;
24206 hstate.add_object (opc);
24207 if ((opc == DW_OP_skip || opc == DW_OP_bra) && !sizes_computed)
24209 size_of_locs (loc);
24210 sizes_computed = true;
24212 hash_loc_operands (l, hstate);
24216 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
24219 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
24221 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
24222 inchash::hash hstate;
24224 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
24226 hstate.add (curr->begin, strlen (curr->begin) + 1);
24227 hstate.add (curr->end, strlen (curr->end) + 1);
24229 hstate.add (curr->section, strlen (curr->section) + 1);
24230 hash_locs (curr->expr, hstate);
24232 list_head->hash = hstate.end ();
24235 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
24238 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
24240 dw_val_ref valx1 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd1;
24241 dw_val_ref valx2 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd2;
24242 dw_val_ref valy1 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd1;
24243 dw_val_ref valy2 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd2;
24245 switch (x->dw_loc_opc)
24247 case DW_OP_const4u:
24248 case DW_OP_const8u:
24252 case DW_OP_const1u:
24253 case DW_OP_const1s:
24254 case DW_OP_const2u:
24255 case DW_OP_const2s:
24256 case DW_OP_const4s:
24257 case DW_OP_const8s:
24261 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
24297 case DW_OP_deref_size:
24298 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
24299 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int;
24302 /* If splitting debug info, the use of DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
24303 can cause irrelevant differences in dw_loc_addr. */
24304 gcc_assert (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
24305 && valy1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
24306 && (dwarf_split_debug_info
24307 || x->dw_loc_addr == y->dw_loc_addr));
24308 return valx1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr == valy1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr;
24309 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
24310 if (valx1->v.val_unsigned != valy1->v.val_unsigned
24311 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
24313 switch (valx2->val_class)
24315 case dw_val_class_const:
24316 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24317 case dw_val_class_vec:
24318 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24319 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
24320 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
24321 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24322 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
24323 case dw_val_class_const_double:
24324 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
24325 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
24326 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
24327 return *valx2->v.val_wide == *valy2->v.val_wide;
24328 case dw_val_class_addr:
24329 return rtx_equal_p (valx2->v.val_addr, valy2->v.val_addr);
24331 gcc_unreachable ();
24334 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
24335 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
24336 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24339 return rtx_equal_p (valx1->v.val_addr, valy1->v.val_addr);
24340 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index:
24341 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index:
24343 rtx ax1 = valx1->val_entry->addr.rtl;
24344 rtx ay1 = valy1->val_entry->addr.rtl;
24345 return rtx_equal_p (ax1, ay1);
24347 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
24348 return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
24349 && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
24350 && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
24351 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24352 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
24353 return compare_loc_operands (valx1->v.val_loc, valy1->v.val_loc);
24354 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
24355 if (valx1->v.val_die_ref.die != valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
24356 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
24358 switch (valx2->val_class)
24360 case dw_val_class_const:
24361 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
24362 case dw_val_class_vec:
24363 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24364 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
24365 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
24366 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
24367 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
24368 case dw_val_class_const_double:
24369 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
24370 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
24371 case dw_val_class_wide_int:
24372 return *valx2->v.val_wide == *valy2->v.val_wide;
24374 gcc_unreachable ();
24376 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
24377 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
24378 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
24379 && valx2->v.val_die_ref.die == valy2->v.val_die_ref.die;
24380 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
24381 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
24382 if (valx1->val_class != valy1->val_class)
24384 if (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
24385 return valx1->v.val_unsigned == valy1->v.val_unsigned;
24386 return valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
24387 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
24388 return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
24389 && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
24390 && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
24392 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24397 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
24400 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
24402 for (; x != NULL && y != NULL; x = x->dw_loc_next, y = y->dw_loc_next)
24403 if (x->dw_loc_opc != y->dw_loc_opc
24404 || x->dtprel != y->dtprel
24405 || !compare_loc_operands (x, y))
24407 return x == NULL && y == NULL;
24410 /* Hashtable helpers. */
24412 struct loc_list_hasher : typed_noop_remove <dw_loc_list_struct>
24414 typedef dw_loc_list_struct value_type;
24415 typedef dw_loc_list_struct compare_type;
24416 static inline hashval_t hash (const value_type *);
24417 static inline bool equal (const value_type *, const compare_type *);
24420 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
24423 loc_list_hasher::hash (const value_type *x)
24428 /* Return true if location lists A and B are the same. */
24431 loc_list_hasher::equal (const value_type *a, const compare_type *b)
24435 if (a->hash != b->hash)
24437 for (; a != NULL && b != NULL; a = a->dw_loc_next, b = b->dw_loc_next)
24438 if (strcmp (a->begin, b->begin) != 0
24439 || strcmp (a->end, b->end) != 0
24440 || (a->section == NULL) != (b->section == NULL)
24441 || (a->section && strcmp (a->section, b->section) != 0)
24442 || !compare_locs (a->expr, b->expr))
24444 return a == NULL && b == NULL;
24447 typedef hash_table<loc_list_hasher> loc_list_hash_type;
24450 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24451 children and share them whenever possible. */
24454 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die, loc_list_hash_type *htab)
24459 dw_loc_list_struct **slot;
24461 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
24462 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
24464 dw_loc_list_ref list = AT_loc_list (a);
24465 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
24466 it and storing into the hash table. */
24467 hash_loc_list (list);
24468 slot = htab->find_slot_with_hash (list, list->hash, INSERT);
24472 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = *slot;
24475 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, optimize_location_lists_1 (c, htab));
24479 /* Recursively assign each location list a unique index into the debug_addr
24483 index_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
24489 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die->die_attr, ix, a)
24490 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
24492 dw_loc_list_ref list = AT_loc_list (a);
24493 dw_loc_list_ref curr;
24494 for (curr = list; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
24496 /* Don't index an entry that has already been indexed
24497 or won't be output. */
24498 if (curr->begin_entry != NULL
24499 || (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0 && !curr->force))
24503 = add_addr_table_entry (xstrdup (curr->begin),
24508 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, index_location_lists (c));
24511 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24512 children and share them whenever possible. */
24515 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
24517 loc_list_hash_type htab (500);
24518 optimize_location_lists_1 (die, &htab);
24521 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
24522 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
24525 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
24527 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
24528 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
24530 dw_die_ref main_comp_unit_die;
24532 /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
24533 header compilation, so always fill it with empty string initially
24534 and overwrite only here. */
24535 dw_attr_ref producer = get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer);
24536 producer_string = gen_producer_string ();
24537 producer->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
24538 producer->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = find_AT_string (producer_string);
24540 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
24541 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
24543 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
24544 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH.
24545 For LTO produced units use a fixed artificial name to avoid
24546 leaking tempfile names into the dwarf. */
24548 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename));
24550 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), "<artificial>");
24551 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) || targetm.force_at_comp_dir)
24552 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24553 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
24556 file_table->traverse<bool *, file_table_relative_p> (&p);
24558 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24561 if (deferred_locations_list)
24562 for (i = 0; i < deferred_locations_list->length (); i++)
24564 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
24565 (*deferred_locations_list)[i].die,
24566 (*deferred_locations_list)[i].variable,
24571 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
24572 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
24573 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
24574 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
24576 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
24578 dw_die_ref die = node->die;
24579 next_node = node->next;
24581 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
24583 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
24585 if (origin && origin->die_parent)
24586 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
24587 else if (is_cu_die (die))
24589 else if (seen_error ())
24590 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
24591 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die);
24594 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
24595 nested function can be optimized away, which results
24596 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
24597 with the return type of that nested function. Force
24598 this to be a child of the containing function.
24600 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
24601 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
24602 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
24603 the function is likely unreachable too. */
24604 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
24606 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
24607 origin = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for));
24608 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
24609 origin = scope_die_for (node->created_for, comp_unit_die ());
24611 origin = comp_unit_die ();
24613 add_child_die (origin, die);
24618 limbo_die_list = NULL;
24620 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
24622 dw_die_ref die = comp_unit_die (), c;
24623 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, gcc_assert (! c->die_mark));
24626 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
24627 move_marked_base_types ();
24629 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
24631 tree decl = node->created_for;
24632 /* When generating LTO bytecode we can not generate new assembler
24633 names at this point and all important decls got theirs via
24635 if (((!flag_generate_lto && !flag_generate_offload)
24636 || DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
24637 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
24639 add_linkage_attr (node->die, decl);
24640 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
24644 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
24646 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
24647 emit full debugging info for them. */
24648 retry_incomplete_types ();
24650 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
24651 prune_unused_types ();
24653 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
24654 if (use_debug_types)
24656 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
24658 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
24659 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
24661 limbo_die_list = NULL;
24663 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
24664 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
24665 references to the main compile unit). */
24666 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
24667 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
24668 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
24670 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
24671 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
24672 referenced. Prune them. */
24673 prune_unused_types ();
24676 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
24677 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
24678 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
24679 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
24681 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
24682 that have children. */
24683 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
24684 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
24685 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
24686 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
24687 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
24689 /* When splitting DWARF info, we put some attributes in the
24690 skeleton compile_unit DIE that remains in the .o, while
24691 most attributes go in the DWO compile_unit_die. */
24692 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
24693 main_comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
24695 main_comp_unit_die = comp_unit_die ();
24697 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
24698 switch_to_section (text_section);
24699 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
24700 if (cold_text_section)
24702 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
24703 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
24706 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
24708 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
24709 || (dwarf_version < 3 && dwarf_strict))
24711 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
24712 if (text_section_used)
24713 add_AT_low_high_pc (main_comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
24714 text_end_label, true);
24720 bool range_list_added = false;
24722 if (text_section_used)
24723 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
24724 text_end_label, &range_list_added, true);
24725 if (cold_text_section_used)
24726 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
24727 cold_end_label, &range_list_added, true);
24729 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
24731 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde->decl))
24733 if (!fde->in_std_section)
24734 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
24735 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added,
24737 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
24738 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
24739 fde->dw_fde_second_end, &range_list_added,
24743 if (range_list_added)
24745 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
24746 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
24747 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
24748 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
24749 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
24750 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx, true);
24751 if (! dwarf_strict && dwarf_version < 4)
24752 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx, true);
24758 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
24759 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
24760 debug_line_section_label);
24763 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (),
24764 dwarf_strict ? DW_AT_macro_info : DW_AT_GNU_macros,
24765 macinfo_section_label);
24767 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
24769 /* optimize_location_lists calculates the size of the lists,
24770 so index them first, and assign indices to the entries.
24771 Although optimize_location_lists will remove entries from
24772 the table, it only does so for duplicates, and therefore
24773 only reduces ref_counts to 1. */
24774 index_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24776 if (addr_index_table != NULL)
24778 unsigned int index = 0;
24780 ->traverse_noresize<unsigned int *, index_addr_table_entry>
24785 if (have_location_lists)
24786 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24788 save_macinfo_strings ();
24790 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
24792 unsigned int index = 0;
24794 /* Add attributes common to skeleton compile_units and
24795 type_units. Because these attributes include strings, it
24796 must be done before freezing the string table. Top-level
24797 skeleton die attrs are added when the skeleton type unit is
24798 created, so ensure it is created by this point. */
24799 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (main_comp_unit_die);
24800 debug_str_hash->traverse_noresize<unsigned int *, index_string> (&index);
24803 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
24804 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
24805 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
24806 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
24808 hash_table<comdat_type_hasher> comdat_type_table (100);
24809 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
24811 comdat_type_node **slot = comdat_type_table.find_slot (ctnode, INSERT);
24813 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
24814 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
24817 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
24818 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
24820 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
24821 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
24822 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
24823 ? debug_line_section_label
24824 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label));
24826 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
24830 /* The AT_pubnames attribute needs to go in all skeleton dies, including
24831 both the main_cu and all skeleton TUs. Making this call unconditional
24832 would end up either adding a second copy of the AT_pubnames attribute, or
24833 requiring a special case in add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs. */
24834 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info)
24835 add_AT_pubnames (comp_unit_die ());
24837 if (dwarf_split_debug_info)
24840 unsigned char checksum[16];
24841 struct md5_ctx ctx;
24843 /* Compute a checksum of the comp_unit to use as the dwo_id. */
24844 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
24846 die_checksum (comp_unit_die (), &ctx, &mark);
24847 unmark_all_dies (comp_unit_die ());
24848 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
24850 /* Use the first 8 bytes of the checksum as the dwo_id,
24851 and add it to both comp-unit DIEs. */
24852 add_AT_data8 (main_comp_unit_die, DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id, checksum);
24853 add_AT_data8 (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id, checksum);
24855 /* Add the base offset of the ranges table to the skeleton
24857 if (ranges_table_in_use)
24858 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die, DW_AT_GNU_ranges_base,
24859 ranges_section_label);
24861 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section);
24862 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_addr_section_label);
24863 output_addr_table ();
24866 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
24867 or .debug_macro will be emitted. */
24868 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), have_macinfo);
24870 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && info_section_emitted)
24871 output_skeleton_debug_sections (main_comp_unit_die);
24873 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
24874 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use != 1)
24876 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
24877 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
24878 output_abbrev_section ();
24881 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
24882 if (have_location_lists)
24884 /* Output the location lists info. */
24885 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
24886 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
24887 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
24890 output_pubtables ();
24892 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
24893 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
24894 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
24895 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
24896 generate a table that would have contained data. */
24897 if (info_section_emitted)
24899 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
24901 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
24902 output_aranges (aranges_length);
24905 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
24906 if (ranges_table_in_use)
24908 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
24909 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
24913 /* Have to end the macro section. */
24916 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
24917 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
24919 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
24922 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
24923 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
24924 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
24925 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
24926 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
24927 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
24928 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
24929 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
24930 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
24931 output_line_info (false);
24933 if (dwarf_split_debug_info && info_section_emitted)
24935 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_line_section);
24936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_skeleton_line_section_label);
24937 output_line_info (true);
24940 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
24941 if (debug_str_hash || skeleton_debug_str_hash)
24942 output_indirect_strings ();
24945 /* Reset all state within dwarf2out.c so that we can rerun the compiler
24946 within the same process. For use by toplev::finalize. */
24949 dwarf2out_c_finalize (void)
24951 last_var_location_insn = NULL;
24952 cached_next_real_insn = NULL;
24953 used_rtx_array = NULL;
24954 incomplete_types = NULL;
24955 decl_scope_table = NULL;
24956 debug_info_section = NULL;
24957 debug_skeleton_info_section = NULL;
24958 debug_abbrev_section = NULL;
24959 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section = NULL;
24960 debug_aranges_section = NULL;
24961 debug_addr_section = NULL;
24962 debug_macinfo_section = NULL;
24963 debug_line_section = NULL;
24964 debug_skeleton_line_section = NULL;
24965 debug_loc_section = NULL;
24966 debug_pubnames_section = NULL;
24967 debug_pubtypes_section = NULL;
24968 debug_str_section = NULL;
24969 debug_str_dwo_section = NULL;
24970 debug_str_offsets_section = NULL;
24971 debug_ranges_section = NULL;
24972 debug_frame_section = NULL;
24974 debug_str_hash = NULL;
24975 skeleton_debug_str_hash = NULL;
24976 dw2_string_counter = 0;
24977 have_multiple_function_sections = false;
24978 text_section_used = false;
24979 cold_text_section_used = false;
24980 cold_text_section = NULL;
24981 current_unit_personality = NULL;
24983 deferred_locations_list = NULL;
24985 next_die_offset = 0;
24986 single_comp_unit_die = NULL;
24987 comdat_type_list = NULL;
24988 limbo_die_list = NULL;
24989 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
24991 decl_die_table = NULL;
24992 common_block_die_table = NULL;
24993 decl_loc_table = NULL;
24994 call_arg_locations = NULL;
24995 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
24996 call_site_count = -1;
24997 tail_call_site_count = -1;
24998 //block_map = NULL;
24999 cached_dw_loc_list_table = NULL;
25000 abbrev_die_table = NULL;
25001 abbrev_die_table_allocated = 0;
25002 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 0;
25003 line_info_label_num = 0;
25004 cur_line_info_table = NULL;
25005 text_section_line_info = NULL;
25006 cold_text_section_line_info = NULL;
25007 separate_line_info = NULL;
25008 info_section_emitted = false;
25009 pubname_table = NULL;
25010 pubtype_table = NULL;
25011 macinfo_table = NULL;
25012 ranges_table = NULL;
25013 ranges_table_allocated = 0;
25014 ranges_table_in_use = 0;
25015 ranges_by_label = 0;
25016 ranges_by_label_allocated = 0;
25017 ranges_by_label_in_use = 0;
25018 have_location_lists = false;
25021 last_emitted_file = NULL;
25023 file_table_last_lookup = NULL;
25024 tmpl_value_parm_die_table = NULL;
25025 generic_type_instances = NULL;
25026 frame_pointer_fb_offset = 0;
25027 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid = false;
25028 base_types.release ();
25029 XDELETEVEC (producer_string);
25030 producer_string = NULL;
25033 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"